diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'src/mumble/mumble_zh_CN.ts')
| -rw-r--r-- | src/mumble/mumble_zh_CN.ts | 2404 |
1 files changed, 1232 insertions, 1172 deletions
diff --git a/src/mumble/mumble_zh_CN.ts b/src/mumble/mumble_zh_CN.ts index d08e01e98..4a40a86b5 100644 --- a/src/mumble/mumble_zh_CN.ts +++ b/src/mumble/mumble_zh_CN.ts @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ <context> <name>ACLEditor</name> <message> - <location filename="ACLEditor.cpp" line="+101"/> + <location filename="ACLEditor.cpp" line="+103"/> <source>Deny</source> <translation>拒绝</translation> </message> @@ -14,17 +14,17 @@ <message> <location line="+21"/> <source>Allow %1</source> - <translation>允许 %1</translation> + <translation>允许%1</translation> </message> <message> <location line="-8"/> <source>Deny %1</source> - <translation>拒绝 %1</translation> + <translation>拒绝%1</translation> </message> <message> <location line="-84"/> <source>Mumble - Add channel</source> - <translation>Mumble—添加频道</translation> + <translation>Mumble - 添加频道</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+11"/> @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ <message> <location line="-164"/> <source>Mumble - Edit %1</source> - <translation>Mumble—编辑 %1</translation> + <translation>Mumble - 编辑 %1</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ <message> <location line="+46"/> <source>This grants the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2</source> - <translation>授予%1权限。如果一项权限既被设为允许又被设为禁止，那么它将被禁止。<br />%2</translation> + <translation>授予“%1”权限。如果一项权限既被设为允许又被设为禁止，那么它将被禁止。<br />%2</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+123"/> @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ <message> <location line="-131"/> <source>This revokes the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2</source> - <translation>撤销%1权限。如果一项权限既被设为允许又被设为禁止，那么它将被禁止。<br />%2</translation> + <translation>撤销“%1”权限。如果一项权限既被设为允许又被设为禁止，那么它将被禁止。<br />%2</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="ACLEditor.ui"/> @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ <message> <location/> <source>Check to create a temporary channel.</source> - <translation>勾选此项以创建一个临时频道。</translation> + <translation>选中此项以创建一个临时频道。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -110,12 +110,12 @@ This value enables you to change the way Mumble arranges the channels in the tre <oldsource><b>Position</b><br/> This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tree. A channel with a higher <i>Position</i> value will always be placed below one with a lower value and the other way around. If the <i>Position</i> value of two channels is equal they will get sorted alphabetically by their name.</oldsource> <translation><b>位置</b><br/> -这个值允许你在频道树形列表中改变频道的位置。一个拥有较高<i>位置</i> 的值的频道的位置总是被拥有较低值的频道取代。如果两个频道的 <i>位置</i>的值相同，他们将以名称顺序排列。</translation> +这个值允许您更改 Mumble 在频道树列表中排列频道的方式。一个拥有较高<i>位置</i>值的频道总是被排在拥有较低值的频道下方。如果两个频道的<i>位置</i>值相同，它们将按名称顺序排列。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Position</source> - <translation>位置</translation> + <translation>位置序号</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tre <message> <location/> <source>Inherit group members from parent</source> - <translation>从上一层分组继承组成员</translation> + <translation>从上级分组继承组成员</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tre <message> <location/> <source>Group was inherited from parent channel</source> - <translation>分组是从上一级频道继承的</translation> + <translation>分组是从上级频道继承的</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -200,27 +200,27 @@ This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tre <message> <location/> <source>Active ACLs</source> - <translation>激活的ACL列表</translation> + <translation>激活的 ACL</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>List of entries</source> - <translation>ACL规则列表</translation> + <translation>规则列表</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Inherit ACL of parent?</source> - <translation>是否从父级继承ACL？</translation> + <translation>是否从父级继承 ACL？</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This sets whether or not the ACL up the chain of parent channels are applied to this object. Only those entries that are marked in the parent as "Apply to sub-channels" will be inherited.</source> - <translation>设置是否应用从父频道继承的ALC选项。只有那些被标记为“应到到子频道”的选项才会被继承。</translation> + <translation>设置是否应用从父频道继承的 ACL 选项。只有被标记为“作用于子频道”的规则才会被继承。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Inherit ACLs</source> - <translation>继承ACL</translation> + <translation>继承 ACL</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tre <message> <location/> <source>This moves the entry up in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. You cannot move an entry above an inherited entry, if you really need that you'll have to duplicate the inherited entry.</source> - <translation>将列表中你选中的规则向上移动。一个规则通过顺序来决定优先级，这将会改变用户的权限的实际效果。你不能移动一个权限到继承的权限之前。如果你确实需要那样做你需要建立一个重复的选项。</translation> + <translation>在列表中将您选中的规则向上移动。一条规则通过顺序来决定优先级，这将会改变用户的权限的实际效果。您不能将一条规则移动到到继承的规则之上。如果您确实需要这样做，就需要新建一条重复的规则。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tre <message> <location/> <source>This moves the entry down in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users.</source> - <translation>将选中的规则在列表中的位置下移。规则通过顺序决定优先级，这将会改变用户的权限效果。</translation> + <translation>在列表中将您选中的规则向下移动。一条规则通过顺序来决定优先级，这将会改变用户的权限的实际效果。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tre <message> <location/> <source>This adds a new entry, initially set with no permissions and applying to all.</source> - <translation>添加一个新的规则。默认没有任何权限而且对所有人生效。</translation> + <translation>添加一条新的规则，它默认没有任何权限，并对所有成员生效。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -291,12 +291,12 @@ This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tre <location/> <source>Entry should apply to this channel.</source> <oldsource>Entry should apply to this channel</oldsource> - <translation>规则作用于当前频道。</translation> + <translation>规则应作用于当前频道。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This makes the entry apply to this channel.</source> - <translation>这将设置规则作用于当前频道。</translation> + <translation>将此规则设置为作用于当前频道。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tre <message> <location/> <source>Entry should apply to sub-channels.</source> - <translation>规则将作用于子频道。</translation> + <translation>规则应作用于子频道。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -328,27 +328,27 @@ Add a new group.</source> <message> <location/> <source>Contains the list of members added to the group by this channel.</source> - <translation>显示被该频道添加到分组的成员。</translation> + <translation>包含被该频道添加到分组的成员列表。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Contains a list of members whose group membership will not be inherited from the parent channel.</source> - <translation>显示将不从父频道继承的分组成员。</translation> + <translation>包含不从父频道继承分组成员关系的成员列表。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Contains the list of members inherited by other channels.</source> - <translation>显示被其他频道继承的成员列表。</translation> + <translation>包含被其他频道继承的成员列表。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Type in the name of a user you wish to add to the group and click Add.</source> - <translation>输入你希望添加到分组的用户的名称并点击添加。</translation> + <translation>输入您希望添加到分组的用户名并点击添加。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Type in the name of a user you wish to remove from the group and click Add.</source> - <translation>输入你希望从分组删除的用户的名称并点击添加。</translation> + <translation>输入您希望从分组删除的用户名并点击添加。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -363,12 +363,12 @@ Add a new group.</source> <message> <location/> <source>This makes the entry apply to sub-channels of this channel.</source> - <translation>这将使规则作用于这个频道的所有子频道。</translation> + <translation>这将使规则作用于此频道的所有子频道。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Applies to sub-channels</source> - <translation>应用于子频道</translation> + <translation>作用于子频道</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -383,22 +383,22 @@ Add a new group.</source> <message> <location/> <source>Group this entry applies to</source> - <translation>该规则应用于的分组</translation> + <translation>该规则作用的分组</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>User ID</source> - <translation>用户ID</translation> + <translation>用户 ID</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>User this entry applies to</source> - <translation>该规则应用的用户</translation> + <translation>该规则作用的用户</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This controls which user this entry applies to. Just type in the user name and hit enter to query the server for a match.</source> - <translation>控制这个选项将对那些用户其作用。请输入用户名并点击确认以匹配服务器。</translation> + <translation>此选项控制规则将作用于哪些用户。请输入用户名并按回车键，以向服务器查询匹配。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -408,82 +408,82 @@ Add a new group.</source> <message> <location/> <source><b>Name</b><br />Enter the channel name in this field. The name has to comply with the restriction imposed by the server you are connected to.</source> - <translation><b>名称</b><br />在这里输入频道的名称。这个名称需要符合你所连接的服务器的规则。</translation> + <translation><b>名称</b><br />在此输入频道名称。名称需要符合您所连接的服务器的限制。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>Temporary</b><br /> When checked the channel created will be marked as temporary. This means when the last player leaves it the channel will be automatically deleted by the server.</source> <translation><b>临时频道</b><br /> -当选择后将创建一个临时频道。这意味着当最后一个用户离开后频道将被服务器自动删除。</translation> +选中后，创建的频道将被标记为临时频道。这意味着此频道的最后一名用户离开后，频道将被服务器自动删除。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>Group</b><br /> These are all the groups currently defined for the channel. To create a new group, just type in the name and press enter.</source> <translation><b>分组</b><br /> -频道目前已经定义的所有分组。要创建一个新的分组，只需要输入名称并点击回车。</translation> +此频道目前定义的所有分组。要创建一个新的分组，只需要输入名称并按回车键。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>Remove</b><br />This removes the currently selected group. If the group was inherited, it will not be removed from the list, but all local information about the group will be cleared.</source> - <translation><b>删除</b><br />删除当前所选分组。如果一个分组是继承的，将无法从列表中删除，不过所有关于这个分组的本地信息将被清除。</translation> + <translation><b>删除</b><br />删除当前所选分组。如果分组是继承的，将无法从列表中删除，但所有关于此分组的本地信息将被清除。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>Inherit</b><br />This inherits all the members in the group from the parent, if the group is marked as <i>Inheritable</i> in the parent channel.</source> - <translation><b>继承</b><br />从父级那里继承这个分组的所有成员，如果这个分组在父频道被标记为<i>可继承</i>的话。</translation> + <translation><b>继承</b><br />如果此分组在父频道被标记为<i>可继承</i>，则从父级继承此分组的所有成员。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>Inheritable</b><br />This makes this group inheritable to sub-channels. If the group is non-inheritable, sub-channels are still free to create a new group with the same name.</source> - <translation><b>可继承</b><br />标记这个分组能够被子频道继承。如果分组不可被继承，子频道也可以自由建立一个同样的新分组。</translation> + <translation><b>可继承</b><br />标记此分组能够被子频道继承。如果分组不可被继承，子频道也可以自由建立一个同名的新分组。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>Inherited</b><br />This indicates that the group was inherited from the parent channel. You cannot edit this flag, it's just for information.</source> - <translation><b>继承</b><br />分组是从父频道继承来的，你不能编辑这个标识，这仅是一个信息。</translation> + <translation><b>来自继承</b><br />表示此分组是从父频道继承来的，您不能编辑这个标识，这仅仅是一条信息。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>Members</b><br /> This list contains all members that were added to the group by the current channel. Be aware that this does not include members inherited by higher levels of the channel tree. These can be found in the <i>Inherited members</i> list. To prevent this list to be inherited by lower level channels uncheck <i>Inheritable</i> or manually add the members to the <i>Excluded members</i> list.</source> <translation><b>成员</b><br /> -这个列表包含了所有被当前频道添加到这个分组的成员。请注意这里不包含在频道树中处于更高一层的频道的成员。他们将可以在 <i>继承的成员</i>列表中被找到。如果不希望成员被低层级的频道继承，可以取消选择<i>可继承</i>选项或者将成员添加到<i>例外成员</i> 列表。</translation> +此列表包含所有被当前频道添加到该分组的成员。请注意这里不包含继承自频道树中更高层级频道的成员。您可以在<i>继承的成员</i>列表中找到此类成员。如果不希望成员被低层级的频道继承，可以取消选择<i>可继承</i>选项或者将成员添加到<i>例外成员</i>列表。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>Excluded members</b><br /> Contains a list of members whose group membership will not be inherited from the parent channel.</source> <translation><b>例外成员</b><br /> -包含不会从父级频道继承分组成员关系的成员的列表。</translation> +包含不会从父频道继承分组成员关系的成员列表。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>Inherited members</b><br /> Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i>Inherit</i> to prevent inheritance from higher level channels.</source> <translation><b>继承的成员</b><br /> -包含被当前频道继承的成员的列表。取消<i>继承</i> 选项可以阻止从高层级的频道继承。</translation> +包含被当前频道继承的成员列表。取消<i>继承</i>选项可以阻止从高层级频道继承。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This controls which group of users this entry applies to.<br />Note that the group is evaluated in the context of the channel the entry is used in. For example, the default ACL on the Root channel gives <i>Write</i> permission to the <i>admin</i> group. This entry, if inherited by a channel, will give a user write privileges if he belongs to the <i>admin</i> group in that channel, even if he doesn't belong to the <i>admin</i> group in the channel where the ACL originated.<br />If a group name starts with '!', its membership is negated, and if it starts with '~', it is evaluated in the channel the ACL was defined in, rather than the channel the ACL is active in.<br />If a group name starts with '#', it is interpreted as an access token. Users must have entered whatever follows the '#' in their list of access tokens to match. This can be used for very simple password access to channels for non-authenticated users.<br />If a group name starts with '$', it will only match users whose certificate hash matches what follows the '$'.<br />A few special predefined groups are:<br /><b>all</b> - Everyone will match.<br /><b>auth</b> - All authenticated users will match.<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - User currently in a sub-channel minimum <i>a</i> common parents, and between <i>b</i> and <i>c</i> channels down the chain. See the website for more extensive documentation on this one.<br /><b>in</b> - Users currently in the channel will match (convenience for '<i>sub,0,0,0</i>').<br /><b>out</b> - Users outside the channel will match (convenience for '<i>!sub,0,0,0</i>').<br />Note that an entry applies to either a user or a group, not both.</source> - <translation>这将控制此条目适用于哪个用户组。<br />请注意评估该组在频道中的关系。例如，Root频道的默认ACL设定是允许<i>admin</i>组的<i>写入</i>权限的。这条规则如果是继承自一个频道，那么它也将给用户写入权限，如果该用户属于那个频道的<i>admin</i>组，即使其不属于这个ACL列表的原始定义频道的<i>admin</i>组。<br />如果一个组，它的组名以'!'符号开始，它的成员将被排除，而如果它的组名以'~'开始，则它的成员权限在ACL的定义频道而非ACL当前作用的频道进行计算。<br />如果一个组的组名以'#'开头，它将会被解释为一个访问令牌。用户需要在他们的访问令牌列表中添加'#'号后面对应的字符串的条目才能匹配。则可以被用于一个非常简单的对于非认证用户的频道密码保护访问。<br />如果组名以'$'开头，则只会匹配其证书哈希与'$'后面的字符串匹配的用户。<br />而这里有一些特殊的预定义组，它们的列表如下：<br /><b>all</b> - 每个人都匹配。<br /><b>auth</b> - 匹配所有认证用户。<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - 匹配那些当前在<i>a</i>频道下属子频道深度介于<i>b</i>和<i>c</i>之间的用户。查看网站上的拓展文档以了解本预定义组的更多信息。<br /><b>in</b> - 匹配在当前频道的用户（就像'<i>sub,0,0,0</i>'那样工作）。<br /><b>out</b> - 匹配不在当前频道的用户（就像'<i>!sub,0,0,0</i>'那样工作）。<br />请注意，规则是适用于用户或组的，而不是同时适用于二者。</translation> + <translation>控制此规则作用于哪个用户组。<br />请注意分组由规则所作用的频道的上下文关系决定。例如，Root 频道的默认 ACL 允许 <i>admin</i> 组的<i>编辑</i>权限。如果某个频道继承了这条规则，并且一名用户属于此频道的 <i>admin</i> 组，即使他不属于该 ACL 原始定义频道的 <i>admin</i> 组，此用户也会有编辑权限。<br />如果一个分组名以“!”符号开头，则它的规则会被反转，而如果分组名以“~”开头，则它的规则会按照定义 ACL 的原始频道而非当前频道进行计算。<br />如果分组名以“#”开头，它将会被解释为一个访问令牌。用户需要在他们的访问令牌列表中添加“#”号后面对应的字符串才能匹配。这是一种非常简单的使未认证用户通过密码访问频道的方式。<br />如果分组名以“$”开头，则只会匹配证书哈希与“$”后面的字符串匹配的用户。<br />还有一些特殊的预定义组如下：<br /><b>all</b> - 匹配所有人。<br /><b>auth</b> - 匹配所有已认证用户。<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - 匹配处于共同父频道数至少为 <i>a</i> 的、子频道深度介于 <i>b</i> 和 <i>c</i> 之间的频道中的用户。查看网站上的扩展文档以了解本预定义组的更多信息。<br /><b>in</b> - 匹配在当前频道的用户（“<i>sub,0,0,0</i>”的简写）。<br /><b>out</b> - 匹配不在当前频道的用户（“<i>!sub,0,0,0</i>”的简写）。<br />请注意，规则仅适用于用户或分组之一，而不能同时适用于两者。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>Password</b><br />This field allows you to easily set and change the password of a channel. It uses Mumble's access tokens feature in the background. Use ACLs and groups if you need more fine grained and powerful access control.</source> - <translation><b>密码</b><br />这里允许你为一个频道设置一个密码，即Mumble的令牌功能。使用ACL和分组功能来进行访问控制。</translation> + <translation><b>密码</b><br />您可以为频道设置一个密码，其本质为 Mumble 的访问令牌功能。如果您需要更细致、强大的访问控制，请使用 ACL 和分组功能。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This shows all the entries active on this channel. Entries inherited from parent channels will be shown in italics.<br />ACLs are evaluated top to bottom, meaning priority increases as you move down the list.</source> - <translation>显示了当前频道被激活的所有规则。从父频道继承的规则被斜体显示。<br />ACL 的优先级是自上而下增加的，这意味着列表最下面的规则拥有最高的优先级。</translation> + <translation>显示当前频道被激活的所有规则。从父频道继承的规则以斜体显示。<br />ACL 的优先级是自上而下的，这意味着列表最下面的规则拥有最高的优先级。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>ID of the channel.</source> - <translation>频道ID</translation> + <translation>频道的 ID。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -500,12 +500,12 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> <source><b>Maximum Users</b><br /> This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. If the value is above zero, only that number of users will be allowed to enter the channel. If the value is zero, the maximum number of users in the channel is given by the server's default limit.</source> <translation><b>最大用户数</b><br /> -该值设置频道内允许的最大用户数。如果该值为0，则使用服务器的默认设置。</translation> +该值设置频道内允许的最大用户数。如果该值为 0，则使用服务器的默认设置。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This is the sort order for the channel.</source> - <translation>这是频道用于排序的参数。</translation> + <translation>这是用于排序此频道的参数。</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -513,12 +513,12 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location filename="ALSAAudio.cpp" line="+149"/> <source>Default ALSA Card</source> - <translation>ALSA默认声卡</translation> + <translation>默认 ALSA 声卡</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+191"/> <source>Opening chosen ALSA Input failed: %1</source> - <translation>打开所选的ALSA输入设备失败： %1</translation> + <translation>开启所选 ALSA 输入设备失败：%1</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -526,12 +526,12 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location line="-190"/> <source>Default ALSA Card</source> - <translation>ALSA默认声卡</translation> + <translation>默认 ALSA 声卡</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+328"/> <source>Opening chosen ALSA Output failed: %1</source> - <translation>打开所选ALSA输出设备失败：%1</translation> + <translation>开启所选 ALSA 输出设备失败：%1</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -539,13 +539,13 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location filename="ASIOInput.cpp" line="+208"/> <source>%1 (version %2)</source> - <translation>%1 （版本 %2）</translation> + <translation>%1（版本 %2）</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+3"/> <source>%1 -> %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5 Hz</source> <oldsource>%1 -> %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5Hz</oldsource> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>%1 -> %2 采样缓冲，%3 采样分辨率（%4 首选），频率 %5 Hz</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+43"/> @@ -557,22 +557,18 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <location line="-21"/> <location line="+25"/> <source>Failed to instantiate ASIO driver</source> - <translation>ASIO驱动实例化失败</translation> + <translation>ASIO 驱动实例化失败</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="+37"/> + <location filename="ASIOInput.ui"/> + <location filename="ASIOInput.cpp" line="+37"/> <source>ASIO</source> <translation>ASIO</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="ASIOInput.ui"/> - <source>Form</source> - <translation>来自</translation> - </message> - <message> <location/> <source>Device selection</source> - <translation>选择设备</translation> + <translation>设备选择</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -582,12 +578,12 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>Device to use for microphone</source> - <translation>麦克风所使用的硬件</translation> + <translation>麦克风使用的硬件</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This chooses what device to query. You still need to actually query the device and select which channels to use.</source> - <translation>这个将选择需要查询的设备。你需要激活测试设备并且选择需要使用的频道。</translation> + <translation>此选项选择需要查询的设备。您需要实际查询设备并且选择需要使用的通道。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -597,7 +593,7 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>This queries the selected device for channels. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system.</source> - <translation>要求为频道选择设备。有些最新的ASIO驱动是不完善的，而且他们他们会由于应用程序或者系统的原因而产生崩溃。</translation> + <translation>查询所选设备的通道。请注意很多 ASIO 驱动是非常不完善的，查询它们可能会导致应用或系统崩溃。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -612,7 +608,7 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>This configures the selected device. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system.</source> - <translation>配置所选的设备。有些最新的ASIO驱动是不完善的，而且他们他们会由于应用程序或者系统的原因而产生崩溃。</translation> + <translation>配置所选的设备。请注意很多 ASIO 驱动是非常不完善的，查询它们可能会导致应用或系统崩溃。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -637,7 +633,7 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>This will configure the input channels for ASIO. Make sure you select at least one channel as microphone and speaker. <i>Microphone</i> should be where your microphone is attached, and <i>Speaker</i> should be a channel that samples '<i>What you hear</i>'.<br />For example, on the Audigy 2 ZS, a good selection for Microphone would be '<i>Mic L</i>' while Speaker should be '<i>Mix L</i>' and '<i>Mix R</i>'.</source> - <translation>这将配置ASIO的输入通道。 确保至少选择一个通道作为麦克风和扬声器。<i>麦克风</i>应当是你的麦克风所连接的通道，而<i>扬声器</i>应当是你听到示例声音'<i>你所听到的东西</i>'的通道。<br />例如，在Audigy 2 ZS上，麦克风的良好选择是'<i>Mic L</i>'，而扬声器应为'<i>Mix L</i>'和'<i>Mix R</i>'。</translation> + <translation>配置 ASIO 的输入通道。确保至少选择一个通道作为麦克风和扬声器。<i>麦克风</i>应当是您的麦克风所连接的通道，而<i>扬声器</i>应当是发出“<i>您听到的声音</i>”的通道。<br />例如，在 Audigy 2 ZS 上，麦克风应选择“<i>Mic L</i>”，而扬声器应选择“<i>Mix L</i>”和“<i>Mix R</i>”。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -680,30 +676,30 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location filename="ASIOInput.cpp" line="+74"/> <source>You need to select at least one microphone and one speaker source to use ASIO. If you just need microphone sampling, use DirectSound.</source> - <translation>至少需要选择一个麦克风源和一个扬声器源才能使用ASIO。如果仅需要麦克风采样，使用DirectSound。</translation> + <translation>至少需要选择一个麦克风源和一个扬声器源才能使用 ASIO。如果仅需要麦克风采样，请使用 DirectSound。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+104"/> <source>Opening selected ASIO device failed. No input will be done.</source> - <translation>打开所选ASIO设备失败。无法进行输入。</translation> + <translation>开启所选 ASIO 设备失败。无法进行输入。</translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>AboutDialog</name> <message> - <location filename="About.cpp" line="+15"/> + <location filename="About.cpp" line="+17"/> <source>About Mumble</source> <translation>关于 Mumble</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+35"/> <source><h3>Mumble (%1)</h3><p>%3</p><p><b>A voice-chat utility for gamers</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p></source> - <translation><h3>Mumble (%1)</h3><p>%3</p><p><b>为游戏玩家提供的一个语音聊天工具</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p></translation> + <translation><h3>Mumble (%1)</h3><p>%3</p><p><b>面向游戏玩家的语音聊天工具</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p></translation> </message> <message> <location line="+12"/> <source>&About Mumble</source> - <translation>关于Mumble(&A)</translation> + <translation>关于 Mumble(&A)</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> @@ -713,12 +709,12 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>A&uthors</source> - <translation>作者(&u)</translation> + <translation>作者(&U)</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>&Third-Party Licenses</source> - <translation>第三方许可证(&T)</translation> + <translation>第三方许可(&T)</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> @@ -730,11 +726,6 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <name>AudioInput</name> <message> <location filename="AudioInput.ui"/> - <source>Form</source> - <translation>来自</translation> - </message> - <message> - <location/> <source>Interface</source> <translation>接口</translation> </message> @@ -746,12 +737,12 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>Input method for audio</source> - <translation>音频输入方法</translation> + <translation>音频输入方式</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound.</source> - <translation><b>这是音频输入的方法。</b><br />通常这里应使用DirectSound。</translation> + <translation><b>音频采用的输入方式。</b><br />通常应该选择 DirectSound。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -761,32 +752,32 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>Input device for audio</source> - <translation>语音输入设备</translation> + <translation>音频输入设备</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>This is the input device to use for audio.</b></source> - <translation><b>这是用户的音频输入设备。</b></translation> + <translation><b>音频采用的输入设备。</b></translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Transmission</source> - <translation>传送</translation> + <translation>传输</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>&Transmit</source> - <translation>发送(&T)</translation> + <translation>传输模式(&T)</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>When to transmit your speech</source> - <translation>当你说话时发送</translation> + <translation>何时传输您的语音</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>This sets when speech should be transmitted.</b><br /><i>Continuous</i> - All the time<br /><i>Voice Activity</i> - When you are speaking clearly.<br /><i>Push To Talk</i> - When you hold down the hotkey set under <i>Shortcuts</i>.</source> - <translation><b>设置何时发送你说的话。</b><br /><i>持续</i>——任何时间；<br /><i>语音激活</i>——当你清楚的说话时；<br /><i>按键说话</i>——当你按住你设置的<i>快捷键</i>时。</translation> + <translation><b>设置何时传输您的语音。</b><br /><i>连续发言</i> - 始终发送语音。<br /><i>语音激活</i> - 当您清楚地发言时。<br /><i>按键发言</i> - 当您按住您设置的<i>快捷键</i>时。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -796,17 +787,17 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>If you press the PTT key twice in this time it will get locked.</source> - <translation>如果你在这个时间内连续按下 PFT(按键发音键)，它将会被锁定。</translation> + <translation>如果您在这个时间内连续按下两次按键发言键，它将会被锁定。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>DoublePush Time</b><br />If you press the push-to-talk key twice during the configured interval of time it will be locked. Mumble will keep transmitting until you hit the key once more to unlock PTT again.</source> - <translation><b>双击时间</b><br />如果在配置的时间间隔内按两次按键通话快捷键，它将被锁定。 Mumble将继续发送，直到您再次按下该键再次解锁PTT。</translation> + <translation><b>双击时间</b><br />如果您在配置的时间间隔内按下两次按键发言快捷键，它将会被锁定。 Mumble 将连续传输语音，直到您再次按下该键解锁按键发言状态。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Reset audio cue to default</source> - <translation>重置音频提示到默认</translation> + <translation>重置音频提示为默认值</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -816,12 +807,12 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>Browse for on audio file</source> - <translation>浏览打开时的音频文件</translation> + <translation>浏览传输开启时的音频文件</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Browse for off audio file</source> - <translation>浏览关闭时的音频文件</translation> + <translation>浏览传输关闭时的音频文件</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -831,7 +822,7 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>On</source> - <translation>打开</translation> + <translation>开启</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -841,17 +832,17 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>Use SNR based speech detection</source> - <translation>使用信噪比探测</translation> + <translation>使用信噪比语音检测</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Signal to Noise</source> - <translation>信号/噪音</translation> + <translation>信噪比</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>This sets speech detection to use Amplitude.</b><br />In this mode, the raw strength of the input signal is used to detect speech.</source> - <translation><b>设置语音检测为振幅</b><br />在这个模式下，输入信号的强度被用于检测是否在说话。</translation> + <translation><b>设置使用振幅进行语音检测</b><br />在此模式下，使用输入信号的原始强度检测您是否在说话。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -866,7 +857,7 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>How long to keep transmitting after silence</source> - <translation>变安静后保持发送多少时间</translation> + <translation>安静后保持多久的传输时间</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -876,17 +867,17 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source><b>This sets the trigger values for voice detection.</b><br />Use this together with the Audio Statistics window to manually tune the trigger values for detecting speech. Input values below "Silence Below" always count as silence. Values above "Speech Above" always count as voice. Values in between will count as voice if you're already talking, but will not trigger a new detection.</source> - <translation><b>设置语音检测的触发值。</b><br />将此功能与“音频统计”窗口一起使用，可手动调整用于检测语音的触发值。低于“安静阈值”的输入值始终算作静音。高于“说话阈值”的值始终算作说话。如果您已经在说话，那么介于中间的音量不会出发新的检测，都算作说话。</translation> + <translation><b>设置语音检测的触发值。</b><br />将此功能与“音频统计”窗口一起使用，可手动调整用于检测语音的触发值。低于“安静阈值”的输入值始终算作安静。高于“语音阈值”的值始终算作语音。如果您已经在说话，那么介于中间的值不会触发新的检测，都算作语音。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Speech Above</source> - <translation>说话阈值</translation> + <translation>语音阈值</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Signal values above this count as voice</source> - <translation>信号超过这个值即为语音</translation> + <translation>超过此值的信号即为语音</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -901,22 +892,22 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>Quality of compression (peak bandwidth)</source> - <translation>压缩的质量(峰值带宽)</translation> + <translation>压缩质量（峰值带宽）</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>This sets the quality of compression.</b><br />This determines how much bandwidth Mumble is allowed to use for outgoing audio.</source> - <translation><b>这里可以设置压缩质量</b><br />这决定了Mumble允许用于传出音频的带宽量。</translation> + <translation><b>设置压缩质量</b><br />这决定了允许 Mumble 传出音频使用的带宽。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Audio per packet</source> - <translation>每包所含音频</translation> + <translation>数据包音频量</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>How many audio frames to send per packet</source> - <translation>每包发送多少帧音频</translation> + <translation>每个数据包发送多少音频帧</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -926,7 +917,7 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source><b>This shows peak outgoing bandwidth used.</b><br />This shows the peak amount of bandwidth sent out from your machine. Audio bitrate is the maximum bitrate (as we use VBR) for the audio data alone. Position is the bitrate used for positional information. Overhead is our framing and the IP packet headers (IP and UDP is 75% of this overhead).</source> - <translation><b>显示使用的峰值传出带宽。</b><br />显示从您的计算机发出的峰值带宽量。音频比特率是单独音频数据的最大比特率（因为我们使用VBR）。位置是用于位置信息的比特率。开销是我们的框架和IP数据包标头（IP和UDP是此开销的75%）。</translation> + <translation><b>显示使用的峰值传出带宽。</b><br />显示从您的计算机发出的峰值带宽量。音频比特率是单独音频数据的最大比特率（因为我们使用 VBR）。位置是用于位置信息的比特率。开销是我们的帧数据和 IP 数据包标头（IP 和 UDP 占此开销的 75%）。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -946,7 +937,7 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source><b>This sets the amount of noise suppression to apply.</b><br />The higher this value, the more aggressively stationary noise will be suppressed.</source> - <translation><b>设置要应用的噪声抑制量。</b><br />该值越高，静止噪声就越大。</translation> + <translation><b>设置要应用的噪声抑制量。</b><br />该值越高，被消除的静止噪声就越多。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -956,12 +947,12 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source><b>Maximum amplification of input.</b><br />Mumble normalizes the input volume before compressing, and this sets how much it's allowed to amplify.<br />The actual level is continually updated based on your current speech pattern, but it will never go above the level specified here.<br />If the <i>Microphone loudness</i> level of the audio statistics hover around 100%, you probably want to set this to 2.0 or so, but if, like most people, you are unable to reach 100%, set this to something much higher.<br />Ideally, set it so <i>Microphone Loudness * Amplification Factor >= 100</i>, even when you're speaking really soft.<br /><br />Note that there is no harm in setting this to maximum, but Mumble will start picking up other conversations if you leave it to auto-tune to that level.</source> - <translation><b>输入声音的最大放大倍数</b><br />Mumble在压缩前将输入音量标准化，并设置允许放大的程度。<br />实际级别会根据您当前的语音模式不断更新，但永远不会超过此处指定的级别。<br />如果音频统计的<i>麦克风响度</i>级别徘徊在100%左右，您可能希望将其设置为2.0左右，但如果像大多数人一样，您无法达到100%，因此请将此设置的更高。<br />一般情况，将其设置到<i>麦克风响度 * 放大系数 >= 100</i>，即使您说话十分柔和。<br /><br />请注意，将此设置为最大值没有任何害处，但如果您将其自动调整到该级别，Mumble将开始接收其他会话。</translation> + <translation><b>输入的最大放大倍数</b><br />Mumble 会在压缩前将输入音量标准化，并设置允许放大的倍数。<br />实际级别会根据您当前的语音模式不断更新，但永远不会超过此处指定的级别。<br />如果音频统计的<i>麦克风响度</i>级别徘徊在 100% 左右，您可能希望将此值设置为 2.0 左右，但如果像大多数人一样，无法达到 100%，请将此值设置得更高。<br />一般来说，应该将其设置到<i>麦克风响度 * 放大倍数 >= 100</i>，即使您说话十分柔和。<br /><br />请注意，将此值设置为最大没有任何害处，但如果您使其自动调整到该级别，Mumble 将会开始接收其他对话。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Current speech detection chance</source> - <translation>当前语音侦测</translation> + <translation>当前语音检测状态</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -971,27 +962,27 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>Enabling this will cancel the echo from your speakers. Mixed has low CPU impact, but only works well if your speakers are equally loud and equidistant from the microphone. Multichannel echo cancellation provides much better echo cancellation, but at a higher CPU cost.</source> - <translation>启用该选项将消除从你扬声器里发出的回声。混音模式消耗较低的CPU资源，但是仅在你的扬声器和麦克风音量等级相近并距离相等时工作良好。多音轨回声消除提供更好的回声消除效果，但是消耗较多的CPU资源。</translation> + <translation>启用该选项将消除从您的扬声器里发出的回声。混合模式消耗的 CPU 资源较少，但是它仅在扬声器与麦克风音量等级相近并距离相等时工作良好。多通道回声消除提供更好的回声消除效果，但是消耗的 CPU 资源较多。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Disabled</source> - <translation>不可用</translation> + <translation>禁用</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>This sets speech detection to use Signal to Noise ratio.</b><br />In this mode, the input is analyzed for something resembling a clear signal, and the clarity of that signal is used to trigger speech detection.</source> - <translation><b>这将语音检测设置为使用信噪比。</b><br />在此模式下，分析输入类似于清晰信号的内容，并且该信号的清晰度用于触发语音检测。</translation> + <translation><b>设置使用信噪比进行语音检测。</b><br />在此模式下，分析输入信号是否类似于清晰信号，并以该信号的清晰度触发语音检测。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard.</source> - <translation><b>显示当前的语音检测设置。</b><br />你可以从设置对话框或者音频向导改变设置。</translation> + <translation><b>显示当前的语音检测设置。</b><br />您可以在设置对话框或者音频向导中改变设置。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Signal values below this count as silence</source> - <translation>当信号量低于这个值被视为安静</translation> + <translation>低于此值的信号被视为安静</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -1001,12 +992,12 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>Use Amplitude based speech detection</source> - <translation>使用基于振幅的语音检测</translation> + <translation>使用振幅语音检测</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>This selects how long after a perceived stop in speech transmission should continue.</b><br />Set this higher if your voice breaks up when you speak (seen by a rapidly blinking voice icon next to your name).</source> - <translation><b>这选择了语音传输中感知到的停止后应该持续多长时间。</b><br />如果您说话时声音中断（通过您名字旁边的快速闪烁的语音图标看到），请将此值设置得更高。</translation> + <translation><b>选择感知到说话停止后应该持续传输多长时间。</b><br />如果您发言时遇到声音中断（通过您名字旁边快速闪烁的语音图标检查），请将此值调高。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -1016,7 +1007,7 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source><b>This opens the device in exclusive mode.</b><br />No other application will be able to use the device.</source> - <translation><b>打开设备独占模式</b><br />其他应用程序将无法使用设备。</translation> + <translation><b>以独占模式开启设备</b><br />其他应用程序将无法使用该设备。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -1026,7 +1017,7 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>R&eset</source> - <translation>重置(&e)</translation> + <translation>重置(&E)</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -1036,7 +1027,7 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>B&rowse...</source> - <translation>浏览(&r)...</translation> + <translation>浏览(&R)...</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -1046,32 +1037,32 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source><b>Preview</b><br/>Plays the current <i>on</i> sound followed by the current <i>off</i> sound.</source> - <translation><b>试听</b><br/>连续播放当前 <i>打开</i> 时的声音和当前<i>关闭</i> 时的声音。</translation> + <translation><b>试听</b><br/>播放当前设置的<i>开启</i>提示音和<i>关闭</i>提示音。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Displays an always on top window with a push to talk button in it</source> - <translation>当按键说话时，显示一个总是置顶的窗口</translation> + <translation>显示一个总是置顶的窗口，其中包含一个“按键发言”按钮</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Display push to talk window</source> - <translation>显示按键说话窗口</translation> + <translation>显示按键发言窗口</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Misc</source> - <translation>其它</translation> + <translation>其他</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Audible audio cue when starting or stopping to transmit</source> - <translation>启动或停止传输时发出声音提示音</translation> + <translation>开始或停止传输时发出提示音</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>This enables transmission audio cues.</b><br />Setting this will give you a short audio beep when you start and stop transmitting.</source> - <translation><b>开启发送声音的提示</b><br />设置一个当你在开始发送和结束发送的时候的简短的提示音。</translation> + <translation><b>启用传输状态提示音</b><br />设置在开始传输音频和停止传输音频时播放的简短提示音。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -1081,12 +1072,12 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>Gets played when starting to transmit</source> - <translation>当开始发送时播放</translation> + <translation>开始传输时播放</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Gets played when stopping to transmit</source> - <translation>当结束发送时播放</translation> + <translation>停止传输时播放</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -1096,12 +1087,12 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>Time the microphone stays open after the PTT key is released</source> - <translation>释放PTT键后麦克风保持打开的时间</translation> + <translation>释放按键发言键后麦克风保持打开的时间</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="AudioInput.cpp" line="+599"/> <source>Server maximum network bandwidth is only %1 kbit/s. Audio quality auto-adjusted to %2 kbit/s (%3 ms)</source> - <translation>服务器限制带宽%1 kbit/s。语音质量自动调整到%2 kbit/s (%3 ms)</translation> + <translation>服务器限制带宽为 %1 千比特/秒。语音质量已自动调整到 %2 千比特/秒（%3 毫秒）</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="AudioInput.ui"/> @@ -1141,22 +1132,22 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>Echo Cancellation</source> - <translation>消除回音</translation> + <translation>回声消除</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Mixed echo cancellation</source> - <translation>混音回声消除</translation> + <translation>混合回声消除</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Multichannel echo cancellation</source> - <translation>多轨混音回声消除</translation> + <translation>多通道回声消除</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>The idle action will be reversed upon any key or mouse button input</source> - <translation>在检测到任何鼠标和键盘动作后，撤销空闲操作</translation> + <translation>在检测到任何鼠标或键盘动作后，撤销空闲操作</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -1166,17 +1157,22 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>Apply RNNoise's noise suppression filter.</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>应用 RNNoise 的噪声抑制滤波器。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>This applies RNNoise's noise suppression filter.</b><br />RNNoise is based on machine learning and used in WebRTC.</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation><b>应用 RNNoise 的噪声抑制滤波器。</b><br />RNNoise 基于机器学习技术，并已在 WebRTC 中应用。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>RNNoise</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>RNNoise</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location/> + <source>Audio input</source> + <translation>音频输入</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -1184,7 +1180,7 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location filename="AudioConfigDialog.cpp" line="+80"/> <source>Continuous</source> - <translation>连续</translation> + <translation>连续发言</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> @@ -1223,28 +1219,23 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location line="+4"/> <source>%1 kb/s</source> - <translation>%1 kb/s</translation> + <translation>%1 千字节/秒</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+11"/> <source>-%1 dB</source> - <translation>-%1 dB</translation> + <translation>-%1 分贝</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+48"/> <source>%1 kbit/s (Audio %2, Position %4, Overhead %3)</source> - <translation>%1 kbit/s (声音 %2, 位置 %4, 超出 %3)</translation> + <translation>%1 千比特/秒（音频 %2，位置 %4，开销 %3）</translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>AudioOutput</name> <message> <location filename="AudioOutput.ui"/> - <source>Form</source> - <translation>来自</translation> - </message> - <message> - <location/> <source>Interface</source> <translation>接口</translation> </message> @@ -1262,7 +1253,7 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <location/> <source><b>This is the output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound.</source> <oldsource><b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound.</oldsource> - <translation><b>音频输出的方法。</b><br />通常你应该选择DirectSound。</translation> + <translation><b>音频采用的输出方式。</b><br />通常应该选择 DirectSound。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -1277,7 +1268,7 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source><b>This is the output device to use for audio.</b></source> - <translation><b>这里是音频输出的设备。</b></translation> + <translation><b>音频采用的输出设备。</b></translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -1302,27 +1293,27 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source><b>This sets the minimum safety margin for the jitter buffer.</b><br />All incoming audio is buffered, and the jitter buffer continually tries to push the buffer to the minimum sustainable by your network, so latency can be as low as possible. This sets the minimum buffer size to use. If the start of sentences you hear is very jittery, increase this value.</source> - <translation><b>这设置了抖动缓冲区的最小安全裕度。</b><br />所有传入的音频都被缓冲，抖动缓冲区不断尝试将缓冲区推送到网络可持续的最小值以降低延迟。这将设置要使用的最小缓冲区大小。如果你听到的句子开头非常紧张，请增加这个值。</translation> + <translation><b>设置抖动缓冲区的最小安全边际。</b><br />所有传入的音频都被缓冲，抖动缓冲区不断尝试将缓冲区推进到您的网络最低的可持续限度，以尽可能降低延迟。这将设置要使用的最小缓冲区大小。如果您听到的句子开头抖动较大，请增大这个值。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Minimum distance to user before sound volume decreases</source> - <translation>用户音量开始减少的最小距离</translation> + <translation>语音音量开始减小的最小用户距离</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This sets the minimum distance for sound calculations. The volume of other users' speech will not decrease until they are at least this far away from you.</source> - <translation>设置声音计算的最小距离。其他用户的语音将不会改变直到他们和你的距离超出了这个距离。</translation> + <translation>设置声音计算的最小距离。在其他用户与您的距离超出这个值之前，他们的语音音量不会被减小。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This sets the maximum distance for sound calculations. When farther away than this, other users' speech volume will not decrease any further.</source> - <translation>设置最大声音计算的最大距离。当用户和你的距离超过了这个距离，他们说话的声音将不会继续减少。</translation> + <translation>设置声音计算的最大距离。在其他用户与您的距离超过这个值时，他们的语音音量将不会继续被减小。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>This enables one of the loopback test modes.</b><br /><i>None</i> - Loopback disabled<br /><i>Local</i> - Emulate a local server.<br /><i>Server</i> - Request loopback from server.<br />Please note than when loopback is enabled, no other users will hear your voice. This setting is not saved on application exit.</source> - <translation><b>开启回放测试模式</b><br /><i>无</i>——禁止回放<br /><i>本地</i>——建立一个本地仿真服务器<br /><i>服务器</i>向服务器申请接收回放<br />请注意一旦开启回放，其他用户将无法听到你的声音。这个设置在退出程序时不会被保存。</translation> + <translation><b>启用回放测试模式</b><br /><i>无</i> - 禁用回放<br /><i>本地</i> - 模拟一个本地服务器<br /><i>服务器</i> - 向服务器请求回放<br />请注意，启用回放时，其他用户将无法听到您的声音。此设置在退出程序后不会被保存。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -1332,12 +1323,12 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>Volume of incoming speech</source> - <translation>传入的语音音量</translation> + <translation>传入语音音量</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>This adjusts the volume of incoming speech.</b><br />Note that if you increase this beyond 100%, audio will be distorted.</source> - <translation></b>调整传入的语音音量</b><br />注意如果你将这个这个值增加到超过100%，因平将会失真。</translation> + <translation></b>调整传入的语音音量</b><br />注意，如果您将这个值增大到超过 100%，音频将会失真。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -1353,42 +1344,42 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <location/> <source>The connected "speakers" are actually headphones</source> <oldsource>The connected "speakers" are actually headphones.</oldsource> - <translation>已经连接的“扬声器”实际上是耳麦</translation> + <translation>已连接的“扬声器”实际上是耳机</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Factor for sound volume decrease</source> - <translation>音量减小的因素</translation> + <translation>音量减小因子</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Bloom</source> - <translation>空气感</translation> + <translation>增幅</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Factor for sound volume increase</source> - <translation>音量增加的因素</translation> + <translation>音量增大因子</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>How much should sound volume increase for sources that are really close?</source> - <translation>对于真正接近的音源，音量会增加多少？</translation> + <translation>对于非常接近的音源，音量应该增大多少？</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Checking this indicates that you don't have speakers connected, just headphones. This is important, as speakers are usually in front of you, while headphones are directly to your left/right.</source> - <translation>如果除了耳机以外你使用没有其他的扬声器，请检查这一项的设置。这非常重要，因为扬声器通常在你面前，而耳机则直接将声音传输到你的左右耳。</translation> + <translation>如果您仅使用耳机，而未连接任何扬声器，请选中此选项。这非常重要，因为扬声器通常在您面前，而耳机则直接将声音传输到您的左右耳。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This sets the amount of data to pre-buffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound.</source> - <translation>这将在输出缓冲区中设置要预缓冲的数据量。尝试不同的值并将其设置为最低值，这不会导致声音中的快速抖动。</translation> + <translation>设置输出缓冲区中需要预缓冲的数据量。尝试不同的值并将其设置为最低值，可以避免声音中的快速抖动。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Headphones</source> - <translation>耳麦</translation> + <translation>耳机</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -1403,7 +1394,7 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>Maximum distance, beyond which speech volume won't decrease</source> - <translation>最大距离，语音音量不会降低</translation> + <translation>语音音量不再减小的最大用户距离</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -1413,7 +1404,7 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>What should the volume be at the maximum distance?</source> - <translation>当在最大距离时的声音有多大？</translation> + <translation>在最大距离时的音量应有多大？</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -1434,22 +1425,22 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <location/> <source><b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you to set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms.</source> <oldsource><b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms.</oldsource> - <translation><b>这设置了环回测试的数据包延迟差异。</b><br />大多数音频路径包含一些可变延迟。这允许您为环回模式测试设置该方差。例如，如果将此值设置为15毫秒，则会模拟具有20-35毫秒ping延迟的网络或具有80-95毫秒延迟的网络。大多数区域网络连接的差异约为5毫秒。</translation> + <translation><b>设置回放测试的数据包延迟差异。</b><br />大多数音频路径包含一些可变延迟。这使您可以为回放模式测试设置该差异。例如，如果将此值设置为 15 毫秒，则会模拟具有 20-35 毫秒 Ping 延迟的网络或具有 80-95 毫秒延迟的网络。大多数区域的网络连接的差异约为 5 毫秒。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Packet Loss</source> - <translation>包丢失</translation> + <translation>丢包</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Packet loss for loopback mode</source> - <translation>环回模式的包丢失</translation> + <translation>回放模式丢包</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>This sets the packet loss for loopback mode.</b><br />This will be the ratio of packets lost. Unless your outgoing bandwidth is peaked or there's something wrong with your network connection, this will be 0%</source> - <translation><b>设置回放模式的包丢失。</b><br />设置包丢失的比率。除非你的带宽太小或者网络出现问题，否则应该是 0%</translation> + <translation><b>设置回放模式的丢包。</b><br />设置丢包率。除非您的带宽太小或者网络出现问题，否则应该为 0%</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -1459,32 +1450,32 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>Desired loopback mode</source> - <translation>直接回放模式</translation> + <translation>预期回放模式</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Attenuate applications by...</source> - <translation>减弱应用程序通过...</translation> + <translation>减小其他应用音量</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Attenuation of other applications during speech</source> - <translation>说话期间其他应用程序的衰减</translation> + <translation>说话时减小其他应用程序的音量</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>Attenuate volume of other applications during speech</b><br />Mumble supports decreasing the volume of other applications during incoming and/or outgoing speech. This sets the attenuation of other applications if the feature is enabled.</source> - <translation><b>在说话期间减少其他应用程序的音量</b><br />Mumble支持在传入和/或传出语音期间减少其他应用程序的音量。如果启用此功能，则会设置其他应用程序的衰减。</translation> + <translation><b>在有人说话时减小其他应用程序的音量</b><br />Mumble 支持在传入和/或传出语音期间减小其他应用程序的音量。如果启用此功能，则会设置其他应用程序的音量衰减。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>If checked Mumble lowers the volume of other applications while other users talk</source> - <translation>如果选中，Mumble会在其他用户说话时降低其他应用程序的音量</translation> + <translation>选中时，Mumble 会在其他用户说话时减小其他应用程序的音量</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>Attenuate applications while other users talk</b><br />Mumble supports decreasing the volume of other applications during incoming and/or outgoing speech. This makes mumble activate the feature while other users talk to you.</source> - <translation><b>在其他用户讲话时减弱应用程序音量</b><br />Mumble支持在传入和/或传出语音期间减少其他应用程序的音量。这使得mumble在其他用户与您交谈时激活该功能。</translation> + <translation><b>在其他用户说话时减小其他应用程序的音量</b><br />Mumble 支持在传入和/或传出语音期间减小其他应用程序的音量。该选项使 Mumble 在其他用户与您交谈时激活该功能。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -1494,17 +1485,17 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>If checked Mumble lowers the volume of other applications while you talk</source> - <translation>如果选中，Mumble会在您说话时降低其他应用程序的音量</translation> + <translation>选中时，Mumble 会在您说话时减小其他应用程序的音量</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>Attenuate applications while you talk</b><br />Mumble supports decreasing the volume of other applications during incoming and/or outgoing speech. This makes mumble activate the feature while you talk.</source> - <translation><b>在您讲话时减弱应用程序音量</b><br />Mumble支持在传入和/或传出语音期间减少其他应用程序的音量。这使得mumble在你说话时激活了这个功能。</translation> + <translation><b>在您说话时减小其他应用程序的音量</b><br />Mumble 支持在传入和/或传出语音期间减小其他应用程序的音量。该选项使 Mumble 在您说话时激活该功能。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>while you talk</source> - <translation>当你说话时</translation> + <translation>当您说话时</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -1514,7 +1505,7 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source><b>This opens the device in exclusive mode.</b><br />No other application will be able to use the device.</source> - <translation><b>以独占模式打开设备。</b><br />其他应用程序将无法使用设备。</translation> + <translation><b>以独占模式开启设备。</b><br />其他应用程序将无法使用该设备。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -1524,22 +1515,22 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>Priority Speaker</source> - <translation>优先扬声器</translation> + <translation>优先发言人</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>If checked Mumble lowers the volume of other users while you talk if you have the "Priority Speaker" status.</source> - <translation>如果选中，如果您具有“优先发言人”状态，Mumble会在您说话时降低其他用户的音量。</translation> + <translation>选中时，如果您具有“优先发言人”状态，Mumble 会在您说话时减小其他用户的音量。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>Attenuate other users while talking as Priority Speaker.</b><br />Mumble supports decreasing the volume of other users while you talk as the <i>Priority Speaker</i> to avoid getting disturbed. Checking this checkbox will enable this feature.</source> - <translation><b>在作为优先发言人说话时减弱其他用户。</b><br />Mumble支持在您作为<i>优先发言人</i>说话时减少其他用户的音量以避免受到干扰。选中此复选框将启用此功能。</translation> + <translation><b>在作为优先发言人说话时减小其他用户的音量。</b><br />Mumble 支持您在作为<i>优先发言人</i>说话时减小其他用户的音量以避免受到干扰。选中此选项将启用此功能。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Attenuate other users while talking as Priority Speaker.</source> - <translation>在与优先发言人交谈时减弱其他用户。</translation> + <translation>在以优先发言人身份说话时减小其他用户的音量。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -1549,32 +1540,37 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>If checked, Mumble will only attenuate applications that are using the same output source as Mumble</source> - <translation>如果选中，Mumble将仅衰减使用与Mumble相同的输出源的应用程序</translation> + <translation>如果选中，Mumble 将仅减小音频输出源与 Mumble 相同的应用程序的音量</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>Attenuate only applications using the same output as Mumble</b><br />If checked, applications that use a different output than Mumble will not be attenuated.</source> - <translation><b>仅衰减与Mumble使用相同的输出的应用程序</b><br />如果选中，则使用与Mumble不同输出的应用程序将不会被衰减。</translation> + <translation><b>仅减小音频输出源与 Mumble 相同的应用程序的音量</b><br />如果选中，则输出源与 Mumble 不同的应用程序将不会被减小音量。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Only attenuate applications using the same output device</source> - <translation>仅衰减与Mumble使用相同的输出的应用程序</translation> + <translation>仅衰减音频输出设备与 Mumble 相同的应用程序</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>If checked, PulseAudio loopback modules will be attenuated</source> - <translation>如果选中，PulseAudio环回模块将被衰减</translation> + <translation>如果选中，将减小 PulseAudio 回放模块的音量</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>Attenuate PulseAudio loopback modules</b><br />If loopback modules are linked to Mumble's output device/sink, they will also be attenuated.</source> - <translation><b>衰减PulseAudio环回模块</b><br />如果环回模块链接到Mumble的输出设备/接收器，它们也将被衰减。</translation> + <translation><b>减小 PulseAudio 回放模块的音量</b><br />如果回放模块被链接到 Mumble 的输出设备/接收器，它们也将被衰减。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Attenuate PulseAudio loopback modules</source> - <translation>衰减PulseAudio环回模块</translation> + <translation>衰减 PulseAudio 回放模块</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location/> + <source>Audio output</source> + <translation>音频输出</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -1637,7 +1633,7 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>The file '%1' cannot be used by Mumble. Please select a file with a compatible format and encoding.</source> - <translation>Mumble无法使用文件 '%1' 。请检查文件的编码及格式。</translation> + <translation>Mumble 无法使用文件“%1”。请选择格式与编码兼容的文件。</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -1646,7 +1642,7 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <location filename="AudioStats.cpp" line="+363"/> <source>>1000 ms</source> <oldsource>>1000ms</oldsource> - <translation>>1000 ms</translation> + <translation>>1000 毫秒</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="AudioStats.ui"/> @@ -1656,12 +1652,12 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>Input Levels</source> - <translation>输入等级</translation> + <translation>输入电平</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Peak microphone level</source> - <translation>麦克风峰值</translation> + <translation>麦克风峰值电平</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -1671,28 +1667,28 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms), and is the same measurement as you would usually find displayed as "input power". Please disregard this and look at <b>Microphone power</b> instead, which is much more steady and disregards outliers.</source> - <translation>这显示了最后一帧（20 ms）的峰值功率，与您通常看到的显示为“输入功率”的测量值相同。请忽略这一点，然后查看<b>麦克风功率</b>，这样更加稳定并且无视异常值。</translation> + <translation>显示最后一帧（20 毫秒）的峰值功率，与常见的显示为“输入功率”的测量值相同。请忽略此值，然后查看<b>麦克风功率</b>，这样更加稳定并且会忽略异常值。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Peak speaker level</source> - <translation>峰值扬声器级别</translation> + <translation>扬声器峰值电平</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This shows the peak power of the speakers in the last frame (20 ms). Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working.</source> <oldsource>This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) of the speakers. Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working.</oldsource> - <translation>这显示了最后一帧（20 ms）中扬声器的峰值功率。 除非您使用配置了扬声器通道的多通道采样方法（例如ASIO），否则将为0。如果您配置了这样的设置，并且当您从其他程序播放音频时仍然显示0，则说明您的设置无效。</translation> + <translation>显示最后一帧（20 毫秒）扬声器的峰值功率。除非您配置了扬声器通道的多通道采样方法（例如 ASIO），否则将为 0。如果您进行了这样的配置，并且当您用其他应用程序播放音频时仍然显示 0，则说明您的设置无效。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Peak clean level</source> - <translation>峰值清洁水平</translation> + <translation>清洁峰值电平</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) after all processing. Ideally, this should be -96 dB when you're not talking. In reality, a sound studio should see -60 dB, and you should hopefully see somewhere around -20 dB. When you are talking, this should rise to somewhere between -5 and -10 dB.<br />If you are using echo cancellation, and this rises to more than -15 dB when you're not talking, your setup is not working, and you'll annoy other users with echoes.</source> - <translation>这显示了所有处理后最后一帧（20 ms）的峰值功率。理想情况下，当你不说话时，这应该是-96 dB。实际上，声音工作室应该看到-60 dB，你应该看到大约-20 dB左右。当你说话时，这应该上升到介于-5和-10 dB之间。<br />如果你正在使用回音消除，当你不说话时，上升到超过-15 dB，那么则表示你的设置不起作用，你会用回声惹恼其他用户。</translation> + <translation>显示经过处理后的最后一帧（20 毫秒）的峰值功率。理想情况下，在您未说话时，它应该是 -96 分贝。实际上，音频工作室应该看到 -60 分贝，有时可能会达到 -20 分贝左右。在您说话时，它应该上升到介于 -5 到 -10 分贝之间。<br />如果您正在使用回声消除，并且这个值在您未说话时上升到超过 -15 分贝，则表示您的设置不起作用，您的回声会干扰到其他用户。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -1712,7 +1708,7 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>This shows how close your current input volume is to the ideal. To adjust your microphone level, open whatever program you use to adjust the recording volume, and look at the value here while talking.<br /><b>Talk loud, as you would when you're upset over getting fragged by a noob.</b><br />Adjust the volume until this value is close to 100%, but make sure it doesn't go above. If it does go above, you are likely to get clipping in parts of your speech, which will degrade sound quality.</source> - <translation>这表明您当前的输入音量与理想值的接近程度。要调整麦克风音量，请打开用于调节录音音量的任何程序，并在讲话时查看此处的值。<br /><b>大声说话，就像你对被菜鸟击毁而感到不安 。</b><br />调整音量直到此值接近100%，但请确保它不高于此值。如果确实如此，您可能会在部分语音中出现裁切，这会降低音质。</translation> + <translation>这表明您当前的输入音量与理想值的接近程度。要调整麦克风音量，请打开用于调节录音音量的任何程序，并在说话时查看此处的值。<br /><b>然后像您被菜鸟击杀时那样暴躁地大声说话。</b><br />调整音量直到此值接近 100%，但请确保它不要更高。如果更高，您的部分语音可能会出现裁切，这会降低音质。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -1727,7 +1723,7 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>This is the Signal-To-Noise Ratio (SNR) of the microphone in the last frame (20 ms). It shows how much clearer the voice is compared to the noise.<br />If this value is below 1.0, there's more noise than voice in the signal, and so quality is reduced.<br />There is no upper limit to this value, but don't expect to see much above 40-50 without a sound studio.</source> - <translation>这是最后一帧（20 ms）中麦克风的信噪比（SNR）。 它显示了声音与噪声相比更清晰的比例。<br />如果此值低于1.0，则信号中的噪声比声音更多，因此质量会降低。<br />这个值没有上限，但是没有一个专业级的工作室，不要指望能看到40-50以上。</translation> + <translation>这是最后一帧（20 毫秒）麦克风的信噪比（SNR）。它表示声音与噪声的清晰程度的对比。<br />如果此值低于 1.0，则信号中的噪声比声音更多，因此质量会降低。<br />这个值没有上限，但是如果您没有一个专业级的音频工作室，就不要期望能够达到 40-50 以上。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -1742,7 +1738,7 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>This is the probability that the last frame (20 ms) was speech and not environment noise.<br />Voice activity transmission depends on this being right. The trick with this is that the middle of a sentence is always detected as speech; the problem is the pauses between words and the start of speech. It's hard to distinguish a sigh from a word starting with 'h'.<br />If this is in bold font, it means Mumble is currently transmitting (if you're connected).</source> - <translation>这是最后一帧（20 ms）是语音而非环境噪音的概率。<br />语音活动传输取决于这是正确的。这样做的诀窍是句子的中间总是被检测为语音;问题是文字和言论开始之间的停顿。很难区分叹气与以'h'开头的单词。<br />如果这是粗体字，则表示Mumble当前正在传输（如果您已连接）。</translation> + <translation>这是最后一帧（20 毫秒）是语音而非环境噪声的概率。<br />语音激活的传输取决于此概率。其策略是句子的中间部分总是被检测为语音；问题在于词语之间和语句开始的停顿。很难区分叹气与以“h”开头的单词。<br />如果此值为粗体字，则表示 Mumble 当前正在传输（如果您已连接）。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -1757,7 +1753,7 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>Bitrate of last frame</source> - <translation>上一帧比特率</translation> + <translation>最后一帧比特率</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -1767,7 +1763,7 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>Time between last two Push-To-Talk presses</source> - <translation>最后两次按键通话之间的时间</translation> + <translation>最后两次按下按键发言键的间隔时间</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -1777,27 +1773,27 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>Current speech detection chance</source> - <translation>目前的语音检测机会</translation> + <translation>当前语音检测状态</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard.</source> - <translation><b>显示当前的语音检测设置。</b><br />你可以从设置对话框或者音频向导改变设置。</translation> + <translation><b>显示当前的语音检测设置。</b><br />您可以在设置对话框或者音频向导中改变设置。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Signal and noise power spectrum</source> - <translation>信号和噪声功率谱</translation> + <translation>信噪功率谱</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Power spectrum of input signal and noise estimate</source> - <translation>输入信号的功率谱和噪声估计</translation> + <translation>输入信号和噪声估值的功率谱</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This shows the power spectrum of the current input signal (red line) and the current noise estimate (filled blue).<br />All amplitudes are multiplied by 30 to show the interesting parts (how much more signal than noise is present in each waveband).<br />This is probably only of interest if you're trying to fine-tune noise conditions on your microphone. Under good conditions, there should be just a tiny flutter of blue at the bottom. If the blue is more than halfway up on the graph, you have a seriously noisy environment.</source> - <translation>这显示了当前输入信号的功率谱（红线）和当前噪声估计（填充蓝色）。<br />所有幅度都乘以30以显示有趣的部分（每个波段中信号比噪声多出多少）。<br />这可能只当您正在尝试微调麦克风上的噪声条件时有意义。在良好的条件下，底部应该只有一点点蓝色的颤动。如果图表上的蓝色超过一半，则您的环境会非常嘈杂。</translation> + <translation>显示当前输入信号（红线）和噪声估值（蓝色区域）的功率谱。<br />所有幅度都被乘以 30 以显示有趣的部分（每个波段中信号比噪声多出多少）。<br />这可能只在您尝试微调麦克风上的噪声条件时有意义。在良好的条件下，底部应该只有一点点蓝色的颤动。如果图表上的蓝色超过一半，则您的环境非常嘈杂。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -1807,17 +1803,17 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>Weights of the echo canceller</source> - <translation>回声消除器的权重</translation> + <translation>回声消除器权重</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This shows the weights of the echo canceller, with time increasing downwards and frequency increasing to the right.<br />Ideally, this should be black, indicating no echo exists at all. More commonly, you'll have one or more horizontal stripes of bluish color representing time delayed echo. You should be able to see the weights updated in real time.<br />Please note that as long as you have nothing to echo off, you won't see much useful data here. Play some music and things should stabilize. <br />You can choose to view the real or imaginary parts of the frequency-domain weights, or alternately the computed modulus and phase. The most useful of these will likely be modulus, which is the amplitude of the echo, and shows you how much of the outgoing signal is being removed at that time step. The other viewing modes are mostly useful to people who want to tune the echo cancellation algorithms.<br />Please note: If the entire image fluctuates massively while in modulus mode, the echo canceller fails to find any correlation whatsoever between the two input sources (speakers and microphone). Either you have a very long delay on the echo, or one of the input sources is configured wrong.</source> - <translation>这显示了回声消除器的权重，时间向下增加，频率向右增加。<br />理想情况下，这应该是黑色，表示根本不存在回声。更常见的是，你会有一个或多个蓝色水平条纹代表延时回声。您应该能够实时更新权重。<br />请注意，只要您没有任何回声，您就不会在这里看到太多有用的数据。播放一些音乐，它应该会稳定下来。<br />您可以选择查看频域权重的实部或虚部，或者可选择计算的模数和相位。其中最有用的可能是模数，它是回声的幅度，并显示在该时间步消除了多少输出信号。其他观看模式对于想要调整回声消除算法的人来说非常有用。<br />请注意：如果整个图像在模数模式下大幅波动，则回声消除器无法在两个输入源之间找到任何相关性（扬声器和麦克风）。您要么在回声上有很长的延迟，要么其中一个输入源配置错误。</translation> + <translation>显示回声消除器的权重，时间向下增加，频率向右增加。<br />理想情况下，图表应该是黑色，表示根本不存在回声。更常见的是，您会看见一个或多个蓝色水平条纹代表延时回声。您应该能够看到实时更新的权重。<br />请注意，只要您没有任何回声，您就不会在这里看到太多有用的数据。播放一些音乐，它就应该会稳定下来。<br />您可以选择查看频域权重的实部或虚部，或者经计算的模数和相位。其中最有用的可能是模数，它是回声的幅度，并显示在该时间步内消除了多少输出信号。其他查看模式对于想要调整回声消除算法的人来说非常有用。<br />请注意：如果整个图像在模数模式下大幅波动，则回声消除器无法在两个输入源（扬声器与麦克风）之间找到任何相关性。您或者在回声上有很长的延迟，或者其中一个输入源配置错误。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This is the audio bitrate of the last compressed frame (20 ms), and as such will jump up and down as the VBR adjusts the quality. The peak bitrate can be adjusted in the Settings dialog.</source> - <translation>这是最后一个压缩帧的音频比特率（20 ms），因此当VBR调整质量时，它会上下跳转。可以在“设置”对话框中调整峰值比特率。</translation> + <translation>这是最后一个压缩帧（20 毫秒）的音频比特率，因此当 VBR 调整质量时，它会上下跳转。可以在“设置”对话框中调整峰值比特率。</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -1840,17 +1836,17 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>Finished</source> - <translation>结束</translation> + <translation>完成</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Enjoy using Mumble</source> - <translation>祝你使用 Mumble 愉快</translation> + <translation>祝您使用 Mumble 愉快</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Device selection</source> - <translation>选择设备</translation> + <translation>设备选择</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -1860,7 +1856,7 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>This is the device your microphone is connected to.</source> - <translation>这个设备链接到你的麦克风。</translation> + <translation>这是您的麦克风连接的设备。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -1875,7 +1871,7 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source><b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound.</source> - <translation><b>设置音频输入的方式。</b><br />通常你应使用DirectSound。</translation> + <translation><b>音频采用的输入方式。</b><br />通常应该选择 DirectSound。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -1885,17 +1881,17 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>Input device to use</source> - <translation>将使用的输入设备</translation> + <translation>要使用的输入设备</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>Selects which sound card to use for audio input.</b></source> - <translation><b>选择你将用于输入的声卡。</b></translation> + <translation><b>选择您用于音频输入的声卡。</b></translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Cancel echo from headset or speakers</source> - <translation>消除耳机或扬声器的回音</translation> + <translation>消除耳机或扬声器的回声</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -1905,12 +1901,12 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source>This enables echo cancellation of outgoing audio, which helps both on speakers and on headsets.</source> - <translation>这讲开启输出音频的回声消除，这对耳机和扬声器都很有帮助。</translation> + <translation>这将启用输出音频的回声消除，这对耳机和扬声器都很有帮助。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This is the device your speakers or headphones are connected to.</source> - <translation>这个设备连接到你的扬声器或者耳麦。</translation> + <translation>连接到您的扬声器或者耳机的设备。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -1920,28 +1916,28 @@ This value allows you to set the maximum number of users allowed in the channel. <message> <location/> <source><b>This is the Output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound.</source> - <translation><b>设置音频输出的方式。</b><br />通常你应使用DirectSound.</translation> + <translation><b>音频采用的输出方式。</b><br />通常应该选择 DirectSound。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Output device to use</source> - <translation>使用的输出设备</translation> + <translation>要使用的输出设备</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>Selects which sound card to use for audio Output.</b></source> - <translation><b>选择你要用于输出的声卡。</b></translation> + <translation><b>选择您用于音频输出的声卡。</b></translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Enable positional audio</source> - <translation>允许位置音频</translation> + <translation>启用位置音频</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Allows positioning of sound</source> <oldsource>Allows positioning of sound.</oldsource> - <translation>允许声音的位置信息</translation> + <translation>允许声音包含位置信息</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -1952,10 +1948,10 @@ This is the audio tuning wizard for Mumble. This will help you correctly set the Please be aware that as long as this wizard is active, audio will be looped locally to allow you to listen to it, and no audio will be sent to the server. </p></source> <translation><p> -这是 Mumble的音频设置向导。这将帮助你正确的设置你的声卡的输入等级和Mumble的声音处理的参数。 +这是 Mumble 的音频设置向导。它将帮助您正确地设置您的声卡的输入电平，以及正确的 Mumble 声音处理参数。 </p> <p> -请注意在整个设置向导的过程中，音频将采用本地回放的方式以便你能听到，而且没有任何音频会被发送到服务器。 +请注意，在整个设置过程中，音频将采用本地回放的方式使您能听到，而且没有任何音频会被发送到服务器。 </p></translation> </message> <message> @@ -1971,7 +1967,7 @@ Please be aware that as long as this wizard is active, audio will be looped loca <message> <location/> <source>This allows Mumble to use positional audio to place voices.</source> - <translation>允许 Mumble根据位置的不同播放位置音频。</translation> + <translation>允许 Mumble 根据位置的不同播放位置音频。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -1983,10 +1979,10 @@ You should hear a voice sample. Change the slider below to the lowest value whic </p> </source> <translation><p> -要想降低音频延迟，尽量减少声卡缓冲区缓冲的音频信号量是非常重要的。但是，很多声卡要正常工作都需要一个小缓冲区才能正常工作，所以唯一的办法是调整和尝试。 +要想降低音频延迟，尽量减少声卡缓冲区缓冲的音频是非常重要的。但是，很多声卡声称所需的缓冲区大小都小于正常工作所需的大小，所以唯一的办法就是调整和尝试。 </p> <p> -现在正在播放一段朗读。调整下面的滑动条，在<b>不造成朗读卡顿和抖动</b>的前提下，尽可能向左调整。在测试期间，本地回放暂时关闭。 +您应该听到一段语音示例。调整下面的滑块，在<b>不</b>造成声音卡顿和抖动的前提下，尽可能调低。请注意，在此测试期间，本地回放暂时关闭。 </p> </translation> </message> @@ -1998,7 +1994,7 @@ You should hear a voice sample. Change the slider below to the lowest value whic <message> <location/> <source>This sets the amount of data to pre-buffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound.</source> - <translation>这将在输出缓冲区中设置要预缓冲的数据量。尝试不同的值并将其设置为最低值，这不会导致声音中的快速抖动。</translation> + <translation>设置输出缓冲区中需要预缓冲的数据量。尝试不同的值并将其设置为最低值，可以避免声音中的快速抖动。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -2010,16 +2006,16 @@ Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sou </p> </source> <translation><p> -打开操作系统的声音控制面板，转到录制面板。确认“麦克风”被选中，在“麦克风”的属性面板，“级别”子面板中，确认“麦克风”滚动条被调到最大，如果下方有“麦克风增强”可用，那么可以把增强也打开。先不要关闭这个面板。 +打开操作系统的声音控制面板，前往“录制”设置。确保“麦克风”是当前激活的输入，并且录制音量为最大，如果有“麦克风加强”选项，那么也请启用。 </p> -<p>现在对着话筒大声说话，并同时逐渐降低“麦克风”面板中的音量，知道下方跳动的指示条待在蓝色和绿色区域，但是小心<b>不要</b>让它碰到红色区域。 +<p>现在对着麦克风大声说话，并同时逐渐降低“麦克风”面板中的音量，直到下方的指示条在您说话时始终处于蓝色和绿色区域，而<b>不会</b>到达红色区域。 </p> </translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Positional Audio</source> - <translation>方位语音</translation> + <translation>位置音频</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -2036,10 +2032,10 @@ The graph below shows the position of <font color="red">you</ </p> </source> <translation><p> -Mumble支持在一些游戏中使用方位语音功能，能够根据玩家在游戏中的相对方位来将用户的语音方位化。根据相对位置，通话人之间语音的音量会随着距离和方向而变化。这需要你扬声器的立体声配置配置是否正确，这个测试就是为了保证这一点。 +Mumble 支持在一些游戏中使用位置音频功能，能够根据玩家在游戏中的相对位置来将用户的语音方位化。根据他们的位置，用户之间语音的音量会随着距离和方向而模拟变化。这需要您在操作系统中正确配置扬声器的立体声，此测试就是为了保证这一点。 </p> <p> -下方的图像显示了<font color="red">你</font>，<font color="yellow">扬声器</font>和<font color="green">移动的音源</font>，你应该能够听到音频在立体声声道中的变化。 +下方的图像显示了<font color="red">您</font>、<font color="yellow">扬声器</font>和<font color="green">移动的音源</font>的俯视图，您应该能够听到音频在声道中的移动。 </p> </translation> </message> @@ -2058,22 +2054,22 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus </p> </source> <translation><p> -太好了，你现在可以开始体验Mumble的丰富功能。 +祝贺，您现在可以开始体验 Mumble 的丰富音频功能。 </p> <p> -Mumble仍在开发中，开发团队希望能专注于大多数用户需要的功能。所以下面时一个选项，让你可以向我们提交关于设置的匿名统计数据。这些数据会帮助我们未来进行开发，也让你需要的功能不致废弃。 +Mumble 仍在持续开发中，开发团队希望能专注于大多数用户需要的功能。所以这个选项使 Mumble 支持向开发者提交关于设置的匿名统计数据。这些数据会帮助我们未来的开发进程，也保证您需要的功能不会被废弃。 </p> </translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Use headphones</source> - <translation>使用耳麦</translation> + <translation>使用耳机</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This ignores the OS speaker configuration and configures the positioning for headphones instead.</source> - <translation>这忽略了OS扬声器配置并改为配置耳机的定位。</translation> + <translation>忽略系统扬声器配置，并改为耳机配置位置音频。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -2083,12 +2079,12 @@ Mumble仍在开发中，开发团队希望能专注于大多数用户需要的 <message> <location/> <source>Tuning microphone hardware volume to optimal settings.</source> - <translation>调节话筒硬件音量来优化效果。</translation> + <translation>调节麦克风硬件音量来优化设置。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Now talk softly, as you would when talking late at night and you don't want to disturb anyone. Adjust the slider below so that the bar moves into green when you talk, but stays blue while you're silent.</source> - <translation>现在尝试轻声细语的说话，就像夜里讲话那样。调节下方的滑动条，使得跳动的指示条能够在你发声时调到绿色的区域，在你不出声时保持在蓝色的区域。</translation> + <translation>现在请轻声说话，像夜间的悄悄话一样。调节下方的滑块，使指示条能够在您说话时处于绿色区域，但在不说话时保持在蓝色区域。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -2098,12 +2094,12 @@ Mumble仍在开发中，开发团队希望能专注于大多数用户需要的 <message> <location/> <source>Letting Mumble figure out when you're talking and when you're silent.</source> - <translation>让Mumble能够判断你是否正在发言。</translation> + <translation>让 Mumble 能够判断您是否正在说话。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This will help Mumble figure out when you are talking. The first step is selecting which data value to use.</source> - <translation>这些设置能让Mumble判断你是否正在发言。首先选择使用哪种数据来判断是否在发言。</translation> + <translation>这些设置能让 Mumble 判断您是否正在说话。首先选择使用哪种数据来判断发言状态。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -2119,12 +2115,12 @@ Mumble仍在开发中，开发团队希望能专注于大多数用户需要的 <location/> <source>Next you need to adjust the following slider. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you're not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech).</source> <oldsource>Next you need to adjust the following two sliders. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you're not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech).</oldsource> - <translation>然后我们来调节下方的滑动条，使你一开口的前几个音节，能让上方的指示条跳到绿色位置（明确发言）；当正在说话时，指示条应该在黄色区域（疑似发言）；当你不说话时，指示条应该呆在红色区域（明确不发言）。</translation> + <translation>然后我们来调节下方的滑块，使您说的前几个音节能让上方的指示条达到绿色区域（明确发言）；当您正在说话时，指示条应该在黄色区域（疑似发言）；当您不说话时，指示条应该处于红色区域（明确不发言）。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Device tuning</source> - <translation>硬件微调</translation> + <translation>设备调整</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -2134,7 +2130,7 @@ Mumble仍在开发中，开发团队希望能专注于大多数用户需要的 <message> <location/> <source>Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project</source> - <translation>向Mumble Project发送匿名统计数据</translation> + <translation>向 Mumble 发送匿名统计数据</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -2144,12 +2140,12 @@ Mumble仍在开发中，开发团队希望能专注于大多数用户需要的 <message> <location/> <source>Quality & Notifications</source> - <translation>音质和提示音</translation> + <translation>音频质量与通知</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Adjust quality and notification settings.</source> - <translation>调节音质和提示音。</translation> + <translation>调节音频质量与通知设置。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -2169,32 +2165,32 @@ Mumble仍在开发中，开发团队希望能专注于大多数用户需要的 <message> <location/> <source>Notification settings</source> - <translation>提示音设置</translation> + <translation>通知设置</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Use Text-To-Speech to read notifications and messages to you.</source> - <translation>使用文字-语音播报来朗读提示信息和别人发给你的信息。</translation> + <translation>启用语音播报来朗读通知和其他人的消息。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Disable Text-To-Speech and use sounds instead.</source> - <translation>不使用文字-语音播报，使用提示音。</translation> + <translation>禁用语音播报，改用提示音。</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="AudioWizard.cpp" line="+291"/> + <location filename="AudioWizard.cpp" line="+293"/> <source>%1 ms</source> <translation>%1 毫秒</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="AudioWizard.ui"/> <source>Enables attenuation of other applications while users talk to you</source> - <translation>允许在其他用户对你说话的时候降低其他应用程序的音量</translation> + <translation>允许在其他用户说话时减小其他应用程序的音量</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Attenuate applications while other users talk</source> - <translation>其他用户说话时调低应用程序音量</translation> + <translation>其他用户说话时减小应用程序音量</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -2209,12 +2205,12 @@ Mumble仍在开发中，开发团队希望能专注于大多数用户需要的 <message> <location/> <source>You already set a customized quality configuration in Mumble. Select this setting to keep it.</source> - <translation>您已在Mumble中设置了自定义质量配置。选择此设置以保留它。</translation> + <translation>您已在 Mumble 中设置了自定义质量。选择此设置以保留它。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Enables attenuation of other applications while users talk to you. This means that as soon someone starts to speak to you in Mumble, the sound of all other applications (like audio players) will get attenuated so you can hear them more clearly.</source> - <translation>在用户与您通话时启用其他应用程序的衰减。这意味着一旦有人开始在Mumble中与您交谈，所有其他应用程序（如音频播放器）的声音将会衰减，以便您可以更清楚地听到它们。</translation> + <translation>在其他用户与您交谈时衰减其他应用程序的音量。这意味着一旦有人开始在 Mumble 中与您交谈，所有其他应用程序（如音频播放器）的声音音量将会被减小，以便您可以更清楚地听到其他人的声音。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -2224,12 +2220,12 @@ Mumble仍在开发中，开发团队希望能专注于大多数用户需要的 <message> <location/> <source>Use high contrast graphics</source> - <translation>使用高对比度图形</translation> + <translation>使用高对比度图像</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Keep custom Text-To-Speech settings.</source> - <translation>使用自定义的语音播报设置。</translation> + <translation>保留自定义的语音播报设置。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -2249,10 +2245,9 @@ Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sou </oldsource> <comment>For high contrast mode</comment> <translation><p> -打开你的音量控制面板并切换到录音配置。确定麦克风已经激活并调整到最大音量。如果有一个可选选项为 "麦克风增强" 请确保它被勾选。 +打开操作系统的声音控制面板，前往“录制”设置。确保“麦克风”是当前激活的输入，并且录制音量为最大，如果有“麦克风加强”选项，那么也请启用。 </p> -<p> -大声的说话，就好像你正在和什么说话一样。调整音量控制面板里的音量控制直到你说话的时候下面的这个状态条保持在蓝色和绿色的区域里而<b>不是</b> 红色的区域里。 +<p>现在对着麦克风大声说话，并同时逐渐降低“麦克风”面板中的音量，直到下方的指示条在您说话时始终处于条纹和空白区域，而<b>不会</b>到达网格区域。 </p> </translation> </message> @@ -2260,28 +2255,28 @@ Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sou <location/> <source>Now talk softly, as you would when talking late at night and you don't want to disturb anyone. Adjust the slider below so that the bar moves into empty zone when you talk, but stays in the striped one while you're silent.</source> <comment>For high contrast mode</comment> - <translation>现在轻声说话，就像你在深夜谈话时所说的那样，你不想打扰任何人。调整下方的滑块，以便在您说话时条形移动到空白区域，但在您保持沉默时保持条纹状态。</translation> + <translation>现在请轻声说话，像夜间的悄悄话一样。调节下方的滑块，使指示条能够在您说话时处于空白区域，但在不说话时保持在条纹区域。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Next you need to adjust the following slider. The first few utterances you say should end up in the empty area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the striped (might be speech) and when you're not talking, everything should be in the crisscrossed (definitively not speech).</source> <comment>For high contrast mode</comment> - <translation>接下来，您需要调整以下滑块。你说的前几句话应该在空白区域（最终的演讲）结束。在说话时，你应该留在条纹（可能是语音）内，当你不说话时，一切都应该是纵横交错的（最终不是语音）。</translation> + <translation>然后我们来调节下方的滑块，使您说的前几个音节能让上方的指示条达到空白区域（明确发言）；当您正在说话时，指示条应该在条纹区域（疑似发言）；当您不说话时，指示条应该处于网格区域（明确不发言）。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>In this configuration Mumble will use a <b>low amount of bandwidth</b>. This will inevitably result in high latency and poor quality. Choose this only if your connection cannot handle the other settings. (16kbit/s, 60ms per packet)</source> - <translation>在这个配置下，Mumble会使用<b>较小的带宽</b>，但不可避免地会导致稍高地延迟和较低地音质。只要在你地连接带宽太小而不得已时使用。(16kbit/s, 60ms每个数据包)</translation> + <translation>在此配置下，Mumble 会使用<b>较小的带宽</b>，但不可避免地会导致较高的延迟和较低的音质。仅在网络连接无法支持其他配置时使用。（16 千比特/秒，每个数据包 60 毫秒）</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This is the <b>recommended default</b> configuration. It provides a good balance between quality, latency, and bandwidth usage. (40kbit/s, 20ms per packet)</source> - <translation>这是<b>推荐的默认设置</b>。在带宽、音质和延迟上有良好的平衡。(40kbit/s, 20ms每个数据包)</translation> + <translation>这是<b>推荐的默认设置</b>。在音质、延迟和带宽上有良好的平衡。（40 千比特/秒，每个数据包 20 毫秒）</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This configuration is only recommended for use in setups where bandwidth is not an issue, like a LAN. It provides the lowest latency supported by Mumble and <b>high quality</b>. (72kbit/s, 10ms per packet)</source> - <translation>这个配置只有在带宽完全不是问题的情况下使用，比如内网中。它提供Mumble所能支持的最低的延迟和<b>最高的音质</b>。(72kbit/s, 10ms每个数据包)</translation> + <translation>仅在带宽完全不是问题的情况下使用，例如局域网中。使 Mumble 启用所支持的最低延迟和<b>最高音质</b>。（72 千比特/秒，每个数据包 10 毫秒）</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -2289,7 +2284,7 @@ Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sou <message> <location filename="BanEditor.ui"/> <source>Mumble - Edit Bans</source> - <translation>Mumble- 编辑屏蔽列表</translation> + <translation>Mumble - 编辑封禁</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -2299,7 +2294,7 @@ Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sou <message> <location/> <source>&Mask</source> - <translation>编码(&M)</translation> + <translation>掩码(&M)</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -2349,17 +2344,17 @@ Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sou <message> <location/> <source>Search field</source> - <translation>搜索区域</translation> + <translation>搜索框</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This is the search field. Use it to find bans that have this username set in the username field.</source> - <translation>这是搜索区域。使用它来查找在用户名字段中设置此用户名的禁令。</translation> + <translation>这是搜索框。使用它来查找用户名字段包含此用户名的封禁。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Who are you looking for?</source> - <translation>你在找谁？</translation> + <translation>您在找谁？</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -2369,12 +2364,12 @@ Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sou <message> <location/> <source>IP address</source> - <translation>IP地址</translation> + <translation>IP 地址</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>No IP address</source> - <translation>无IP地址</translation> + <translation>无 IP 地址</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -2394,27 +2389,27 @@ Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sou <message> <location/> <source>Ban end date. If you set the same date for start and end, the ban will be permanent (it will not expire).</source> - <translation>封禁结束时间。如果你设置开始与结束时间相同，这个封禁将会是永久的（它不会过期）。</translation> + <translation>封禁结束时间。如果您设置的开始与结束时间相同，此封禁将会是永久的（永不过期）。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Certificate hash</source> - <translation>证书散列值</translation> + <translation>证书哈希</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>No certificate hash</source> - <translation>无证书散列值</translation> + <translation>无证书哈希</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Banned users</source> - <translation>被封禁的用户</translation> + <translation>封禁用户</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This is a list with banned users.</source> - <translation>这是一个列表用于显示被封禁的用户。</translation> + <translation>显示被封禁用户的列表。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -2429,25 +2424,25 @@ Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sou <message> <location/> <source>Use this button if you want to remove user from the ban list.</source> - <translation>使用此按钮如果你想从封禁列表中移除一个用户。</translation> + <translation>使用此按钮从封禁列表中删除一名用户。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Clear all fields</source> - <translation>清除所有区域</translation> + <translation>清除所有输入</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This button clears all fields. Use it if you want to add a new ban.</source> - <translation>这个按钮可以清除全部字段。用于你想要添加一个新的封禁纪录的时候。</translation> + <translation>此按钮可以清除全部输入内容。在您需要添加新封禁时使用。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Clear</source> - <translation>清除</translation> + <translation>清空</translation> </message> <message numerus="yes"> - <location filename="BanEditor.cpp" line="+177"/> + <location filename="BanEditor.cpp" line="+179"/> <source>Ban List - %n Ban(s)</source> <translation><numerusform>封禁列表 - %n 个封禁</numerusform></translation> </message> @@ -2477,12 +2472,12 @@ Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sou <message> <location line="+43"/> <source>(none)</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>（无）</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+19"/> <source>Self-signed</source> - <translation>自签名的</translation> + <translation>自签名</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -2495,32 +2490,32 @@ Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sou <message> <location line="+7"/> <source>There was an error generating your certificate.<br />Please try again.</source> - <translation>生成证书时产生错误。<br />请重试。</translation> + <translation>生成证书时发生错误。<br />请重试。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+8"/> <source>Your certificate and key could not be exported to PKCS#12 format. There might be an error in your certificate.</source> - <translation>你的证书和密钥无法导出为PKCS#12格式。你的证书可能存在错误。</translation> + <translation>您的证书和密钥无法导出为 PKCS#12 格式。您的证书可能存在错误。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+5"/> <source>The file could not be opened for writing. Please use another file.</source> - <translation>文件无法打开并写入。请选择其他文件。</translation> + <translation>无法打开并写入文件。请选择其他文件。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+4"/> <source>The file's permissions could not be set. No certificate and key has been written. Please use another file.</source> - <translation>文件权限无法被设置。没有证书和密钥被写入。请使用另一个文件。</translation> + <translation>无法设置文件权限。证书和密钥未被写入。请选择其他文件。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+6"/> <source>The file could not be written successfully. Please use another file.</source> - <translation>文件无法成功写入。请选择其他文件。</translation> + <translation>无法成功写入文件。请选择其他文件。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+7"/> <source>The file could not be opened for reading. Please use another file.</source> - <translation>文件无法打开或读取。选择其他文件。</translation> + <translation>无法打开并读取文件。请选择其他文件。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+6"/> @@ -2530,7 +2525,7 @@ Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sou <message> <location line="+5"/> <source>The file did not contain a valid certificate and key. Please use another file.</source> - <translation>该文件未包含有效的证书和密钥，请选择其他文件。</translation> + <translation>文件不包含有效的证书和密钥。请选择其他文件。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+16"/> @@ -2540,17 +2535,17 @@ Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sou <message> <location line="+37"/> <source>Select file to import certificate from</source> - <translation>选择要导入到证书窗口的文件</translation> + <translation>选择要导入的证书文件</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+34"/> <source>Unable to import. Missing password or incompatible file type.</source> - <translation>无法导入。密码错误或不支持的文件类型。</translation> + <translation>无法导入。密码错误或文件类型不受支持。</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="main.cpp" line="+525"/> <source><b>Certificate Expiry:</b> Your certificate is about to expire. You need to renew it, or you will no longer be able to connect to servers you are registered on.</source> - <translation><b>证书到期：</b> 你的证书已经到期。你需要重新生成一个新的证书，否则将无法连接到服务器。</translation> + <translation><b>证书过期：</b>您的证书已过期。您需要重新生成一个新的证书，否则将无法连接到注册过的服务器。</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -2563,12 +2558,12 @@ Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sou <message> <location/> <source>Certificate Authentication</source> - <translation>证书验证</translation> + <translation>证书认证</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Authenticating to servers without using passwords</source> - <translation>免密码登陆</translation> + <translation>免密码登录服务器</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -2578,7 +2573,7 @@ Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sou <message> <location/> <source>This is the certificate Mumble currently uses.</source> - <translation>Mumble当前正在使用的证书。</translation> + <translation>Mumble 当前正在使用的证书。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -2639,7 +2634,7 @@ Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sou <location/> <source><p>Mumble can import certificates stored in PKCS #12 format. This is the format used when exporting a key from Mumble, and also when exporting keys from Firefox, Internet Explorer, Opera etc.</p><p>If the file is password protected, you will need the password to import the certificate.</p></source> <oldsource><p>Mumble can import certificates stored in PKCS #12 format. This is the format used when exporting a key from Mumble, and also when exporting keys from FireFox, Internet Explorer, Opera etc.</p><p>If the file is password protected, you will need the password to import the certificate.</p></oldsource> - <translation><p>Mumble可以导入一个被存储为 PKCS #2 格式的证书。这个格式的证书不仅可以由Mumble导入，而且也可以由 Firefox, Internet Explorer, Opera 等浏览器导出。</p><p>如果文件是被密码保护的，你需要输入密码才能导入证书。</p></translation> + <translation><p>Mumble 可以导入一个 PKCS #12 格式的证书。这种格式的证书不仅可以被 Mumble 导入，还可以由 Firefox、Internet Explorer、Opera 等浏览器导出。</p><p>如果文件是被密码保护的，您需要输入密码才能导入证书。</p></translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -2654,7 +2649,7 @@ Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sou <message> <location/> <source>This is the filename you wish to import a certificate from.</source> - <translation>你需要导入的证书的文件名。</translation> + <translation>您需要导入的证书文件名。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -2679,12 +2674,12 @@ Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sou <message> <location/> <source>Password for PKCS#12 file</source> - <translation>PKCS#12 证书的密码</translation> + <translation>PKCS#12 证书文件的密码</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This is the password for the PKCS#12 file containing your certificate.</source> - <translation>这是包含你的证书的PKCS#12 文件的密码。</translation> + <translation>包含证书的 PKCS#12 文件的密码。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -2694,7 +2689,7 @@ Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sou <message> <location/> <source>This is the certificate you are importing.</source> - <translation>你将要导入的证书。</translation> + <translation>您要导入的证书。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -2709,7 +2704,7 @@ Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sou <message> <location/> <source>Replace existing certificate with new certificate?</source> - <translation>用新的证书替换已存在的证书。</translation> + <translation>用新证书替换已存在的证书？</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -2722,10 +2717,10 @@ Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sou Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? </p> </source> - <translation><p>你已经在Mumble中保存了一个证书，并且你现在将要替换它。</p> -<p>如果你通过一个可信任CA升级了你的证书认证并且证书的使用的电子邮件符合你当前的证书，这是完全安全的，而且你连接到的服务器会自动根据你的电子邮件地址识别这个强证书。 + <translation><p>您已经在 Mumble 中保存了一个证书，并且您现在将要替换它。</p> +<p>如果您升级到一个由可信证书机构签发的证书，并且证书的使用的电子邮件符合您的当前证书，这是完全安全的，而且您连接到的服务器会根据您的电子邮件地址自动识别这个强证书。 </p> -<p>如果情况不是这样的，你将不会被所有你已经通过认证的服务器认可。如果你还没有在任何服务器注册，那将没有任何影响。 +<p>如果情况不是这样，您将不会被任何注册过的服务器认可。如果您尚未在任何服务器注册过，则没有任何影响。 </p> <p> 确定要替换证书？ @@ -2735,7 +2730,7 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? <message> <location/> <source>This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. It will be replaced.</source> - <translation>Mumble当前正在使用的证书。它将被替换。</translation> + <translation>Mumble 当前正在使用的证书。它将会被替换。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -2745,7 +2740,7 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? <message> <location/> <source>This is the new certificate that will replace the old one.</source> - <translation>将用新的证书替换以前的证书。</translation> + <translation>用于替换当前证书的新证书。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -2760,17 +2755,17 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? <message> <location/> <source>Export to</source> - <translation>导出</translation> + <translation>导出至</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Filename to export to</source> - <translation>到处到文件</translation> + <translation>导出证书的文件名</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This is the filename you wish to export a certificate to.</source> - <translation>你希望将证书导出为的文件名</translation> + <translation>您需要导出的证书文件名。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -2780,17 +2775,17 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? <message> <location/> <source>This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. It will be exported.</source> - <translation>这是你当前正在使用的证书。他将被导出。</translation> + <translation>Mumble 当前正在使用的证书。它将会被导出。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Generate a new certificate for strong authentication</source> - <translation>生成一个强认证的证书</translation> + <translation>生成一个用于强认证的证书</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><p>Mumble will now generate a strong certificate for authentication to servers.</p><p>If you wish, you may provide some additional information to be stored in the certificate, which will be presented to servers when you connect. If you provide a valid email address, you can upgrade to a CA issued email certificate later on, which provides strong identification.</p></source> - <translation><p>Mumble现在将生产一个证书来实现服务器验证。</p><p>你可以提供一些额外的信息，这些信息将写在证书内，并向服务器呈现。如果你提供了一个有限的邮件地址，你可以随后升级到由证书机构签发的邮件证书，可以提供更强的身份证明。</p></translation> + <translation><p>Mumble 将会生成一个强证书用于服务器认证。</p><p>您可以提供一些额外的信息，这些信息将写在证书内，并向您连接的服务器呈现。如果您提供了一个有效的电子邮件地址，就可以随时升级到由证书机构签发的电子邮件证书，可以提供更强的身份认证。</p></translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -2805,54 +2800,54 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? <message> <location/> <source>Your email address (e.g. johndoe@mumble.info)</source> - <translation>你的 email 地址(例如：johndoe@mumble.info)</translation> + <translation>您的电子邮件地址（例如 johndoe@mumble.info）</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This is your email address. It is strongly recommended to provide a valid email address, as this will allow you to upgrade to a strong certificate without authentication problems.</source> - <translation>你的 email 地址。强烈推荐使用有效的邮件地址，否则肯能会在申请强认证的时候遇到问题。</translation> + <translation>您的电子邮件地址。强烈推荐使用有效的邮件地址，否则可能会在升级强认证的时候遇到问题。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Your name (e.g. John Doe)</source> - <translation>你的名字(例如：John Doe))</translation> + <translation>您的姓名（例如 John Doe）</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This is your name, and will be filled out in the certificate. This field is entirely optional.</source> - <translation>你希望填写到证书里的名字。这完全是可选的。</translation> + <translation>您希望填写到证书里的名称。这完全是可选的。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Finish</source> - <translation>结束</translation> + <translation>完成</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Certificate-based authentication is ready for use</source> - <translation>基于证书的认证已经可用</translation> + <translation>证书认证已可用</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Enjoy using Mumble with strong authentication.</source> - <translation>以强认证方式使用 Mumble.</translation> + <translation>享受 Mumble 的强认证功能。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Automatic certificate creation</source> - <translation>自动创建证书</translation> + <translation>自动证书创建</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><p>If you ever lose your current certificate, which will happen if your computer suffers a hardware failure or you reinstall your machine, you will no longer be able to authenticate to any server you are registered on. It is therefore <b>mandatory</b> that you make a backup of your certificate. We strongly recommend you store this backup on removable storage, such as a USB flash drive.</p> <p>Note that this file will not be encrypted, and if anyone gains access to it, they will be able to impersonate you, so take good care of it.</p></source> - <translation><p>如果你丢失了当前的证书，这通常会在你的电脑硬件故障或者你装新安装了操作系统时发生，你将无法被你已经注册过的服务器认证。这是<b>强制性的</b> 。你可以制作一个证书的备份。我们强烈建议你将备份存储到可以动设备中，例如U盘。</p> -<p>注意：这个文件不是加密的，如果其他人获得其中的内容，他们将可以冒充你，所以请小心保管。</p></translation> + <translation><p>如果您丢失了当前证书，例如计算机硬件发送故障或者重新安装了操作系统，您将无法通过已注册服务器的身份认证。因此需要<b>强制</b>备份证书文件。我们强烈建议您将此备份存储到可移动设备中，例如 U 盘。</p> +<p>注意：这个文件是未加密的，如果其他人获得此文件，他们将可以冒充您，所以请小心保管。</p></translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><p>Mumble can use certificates to authenticate with servers. Using certificates avoids passwords, meaning you don't need to disclose any password to the remote site. It also enables very easy user registration and a client side friends list independent of servers.</p><p>While Mumble can work without certificates, the majority of servers will expect you to have one.</p><p>Creating a new certificate automatically is sufficient for most use cases. But Mumble also supports certificates representing trust in the users ownership of an email address. These certificates are issued by third parties. For more information see our <a href="http://mumble.info/certificate.php">user certificate documentation</a>. </p></source> - <translation><p>Mumble能使用证书来登陆服务器。使用证书代替密码来登陆，可以让你不用向服务器透露密码，也让注册更加简单。</p><p>尽管证书对于mumble不是必须的，但大部分服务器仍然会邀请你拥有一个证书。</p><p>一般来说，直接创建一个新证书即可，但Mumble也支持证明由第三方签发的，证明用户对邮箱地址所有权的证书。要获取更多信息，可以参照我们的<a href="http://mumble.info/certificate.php">如何使用证书文档</a>。</p></translation> + <translation><p>Mumble 可以使用证书来登录服务器。使用证书代替密码来登陆，意味着您无需向远程站点透露密码。这让注册过程更加简单，并且您可以在客户端管理独立于服务端的好友列表。</p><p>尽管证书对于 Mumble 不是必须的，但大部分服务器仍然希望您拥有一个证书。</p><p>一般来说，直接创建一个新证书即可，但 Mumble 也支持认证由第三方签发的、证明用户电子邮件地址所有权的证书。要获取更多信息，可以查看我们的<a href="http://mumble.info/certificate.php">用户证书文档</a>。</p></translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -2880,7 +2875,7 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? <message> <location line="+4"/> <source>Mute/Deafen</source> - <translation>关闭麦克风/扬声器</translation> + <translation>禁言/禁听</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+4"/> @@ -2900,57 +2895,57 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? <message> <location line="-87"/> <source>This represents no privileges.</source> - <translation>这将不赋予任何权限。</translation> + <translation>表示没有任何权限。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>This represents total access to the channel, including the ability to change group and ACL information. This privilege implies all other privileges.</source> - <translation>允许对频道拥有完全控制，包括改变分组和ACL信息。这个权限包含了所有其他权限。</translation> + <translation>允许完全控制频道，包括改变分组和 ACL 信息。此权限包含了所有其他权限。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+3"/> <source>This represents the permission to traverse the channel. If a user is denied this privilege, he will be unable to access this channel and any sub-channels in any way, regardless of other permissions in the sub-channels.</source> - <translation>允许通过频道。如果一个用户不具有这个权限，他将无法进入这个频道和所有的子频道，即便他具有子频道的其他权限。</translation> + <translation>允许通过频道。如果用户不具有此权限，他将无法进入此频道和所有子频道，即使他拥有子频道的其他权限。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+4"/> <source>This represents the permission to join the channel. If you have a hierarchical channel structure, you might want to give everyone Traverse, but restrict Enter in the root of your hierarchy.</source> - <translation>允许进入这个频道。如果你拥有较高层的频道，你可能会允许所有人通过，但是限制进入你的根频道的人。</translation> + <translation>允许进入频道。如果您设定了分级频道结构，则可能需要授予所有人通过权限，但限制根频道的进入权限。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+3"/> <source>This represents the permission to speak in a channel. Users without this privilege will be suppressed by the server (seen as muted), and will be unable to speak until they are unmuted by someone with the appropriate privileges.</source> - <translation>允许用户在频道说话。用户如果没有这个权限，将无法在这个频道说话，直到被某个具有权限的人打开麦克风。</translation> + <translation>允许在频道内说话。用户如果没有此权限，将会在此频道内被服务器禁言（关闭麦克风），直到被具有相关权限的人解除禁言。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+4"/> <source>This represents the permission to whisper to this channel from the outside. This works exactly like the <i>speak</i> privilege, but applies to packets spoken with the Whisper key held down. This may be used to broadcast to a hierarchy of channels without linking.</source> - <translation>允许频道外面的用户对频道说悄悄话。这和权限 <i>说话</i> 类似。不过是当用户按下悄悄话按键的时候才有效。</translation> + <translation>允许在频道外时对此频道发送密语。与<i>说话</i>权限类似。但仅当用户按下密语键时才有效。此功能可以在不链接频道的情况下向多级频道广播内容。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+4"/> <source>This represents the permission to mute and deafen other users. Once muted, a user will stay muted until he is unmuted by another privileged user or reconnects to the server.</source> - <translation>允许用户关闭其他用户的麦克风和扬声器。一旦被关闭了麦克风，用户将一直处于麦克风关闭状态，直到被其他有权限的用户打开或者重新连接到服务器。</translation> + <translation>允许关闭其他用户的麦克风（禁言）和扬声器（禁听）。一旦被禁言，用户将一直处于麦克风关闭状态，直到被其他拥有权限的用户解除或者重新连接服务器。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+3"/> <source>This represents the permission to move a user to another channel or kick him from the server. To actually move the user, either the moving user must have Move privileges in the destination channel, or the user must normally be allowed to enter the channel. Users with this privilege can move users into channels the target user normally wouldn't have permission to enter.</source> - <translation>允许将一个用户移动到一个频道或者踢出服务器。对于移动操作，同时需要移动者拥有目标频道移动权限或者被移动者具有进入目标频道的权限。拥有这个权限的用户可以将没有进入某个频道的权限的用户移动到该频道。</translation> + <translation>允许将用户移动到另一个频道或者将其踢出服务器。对于移动操作，需要移动者拥有目标频道的移动权限，或者被移动者拥有进入目标频道的权限。拥有此权限的用户可以将没有进入某个频道权限的用户移动到该频道。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+5"/> <source>This represents the permission to make sub-channels. The user making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel.</source> - <translation>允许创建一个子频道。用户可以创建一个子频道并且被加入子频道的管理员组。</translation> + <translation>允许创建子频道。用户可以创建一个子频道并被加入子频道的 admin（管理员）组。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+3"/> <source>This represents the permission to make a temporary subchannel. The user making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel. Temporary channels are not stored and disappear when the last user leaves.</source> - <translation>允许用户创建一个临时子频道。用户可以创建一个临时子频道并被加入管理员组。临时频道不会一直存在，当最后一个用户离开后，临时频道就会消失。</translation> + <translation>允许创建临时子频道。用户可以创建一个临时子频道并被加入其 admin（管理员）组。临时频道不会一直存在，在最后一名用户离开后，临时频道就会消失。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+3"/> <source>This represents the permission to link channels. Users in linked channels hear each other, as long as the speaking user has the <i>speak</i> privilege in the channel of the listener. You need the link privilege in both channels to create a link, but just in either channel to remove it.</source> - <translation>允许链接到频道。只要说话的用户拥有频道里的说话权限，处于被链接的频道的用户可以听到彼此的说话。你需要同时拥有两个频道的链接权限才能创建一个链接，但是只要拥有其中一个频道的链接权限就是删除这个链接。</translation> + <translation>允许链接频道。只要说话的用户拥有对应频道的说话权限，被链接的频道内的用户就可以听到彼此的说话。您需要同时拥有两个频道的链接权限才能创建频道链接，但是只要拥有其中一个频道的链接权限就能删除此链接。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+4"/> @@ -2970,37 +2965,37 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>This represents the permission to register and unregister users on the server.</source> - <translation>允许在服务器上注册用户和取消用户的注册。</translation> + <translation>允许在服务器上为其他用户注册和取消注册。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>This represents the permission to register oneself on the server.</source> - <translation>允许用户在服务器上注册。</translation> + <translation>允许用户在服务器上注册自己。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+31"/> <source>Whisper</source> - <translation>悄悄话</translation> + <translation>密语</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+4"/> <source>Move</source> - <translation>移动</translation> + <translation>移动用户</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+8"/> <source>Text message</source> - <translation>文字信息</translation> + <translation>文字消息</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>Kick</source> - <translation>踢出</translation> + <translation>踢出用户</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>Ban</source> - <translation>屏蔽</translation> + <translation>封禁用户</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> @@ -3015,21 +3010,21 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? <message> <location line="-28"/> <source>Write ACL</source> - <translation>编辑ACL</translation> + <translation>编辑 ACL</translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>ChatbarTextEdit</name> <message> - <location filename="CustomElements.cpp" line="+82"/> + <location filename="CustomElements.cpp" line="+83"/> <source>Paste and &Send</source> <oldsource>Paste and send</oldsource> - <translation>粘贴并发送</translation> + <translation>粘贴并发送(&S)</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+25"/> <source><center>Type chat message here</center></source> - <translation><center>在这里输入聊天信息</center></translation> + <translation><center>在这里输入聊天消息</center></translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -3042,47 +3037,47 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>Authenticated</source> - <translation>认证用户</translation> + <translation>已认证</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>Priority speaker</source> - <translation>优先扬声器</translation> + <translation>优先发言人</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>Recording</source> - <translation>录音</translation> + <translation>正在录音</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>Muted (server)</source> - <translation>关闭麦克风(服务器)</translation> + <translation>麦克风关闭（禁言）</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>Deafened (server)</source> - <translation>关闭扬声器(服务器)</translation> + <translation>扬声器关闭（禁听）</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>Local Ignore (Text messages)</source> - <translation>本地忽略(文字消息)</translation> + <translation>本地屏蔽（文字消息）</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>Local Mute</source> - <translation>本地关闭麦克风</translation> + <translation>本地屏蔽（语音）</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>Muted (self)</source> - <translation>关闭麦克风(自己)</translation> + <translation>麦克风关闭（自己）</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>Deafened (self)</source> - <translation>关闭扬声器(自己)</translation> + <translation>扬声器关闭（自己）</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -3095,7 +3090,7 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>This button will accept current settings and return to the application.<br />The settings will be stored to disk when you leave the application.</source> - <translation>这个按钮将接受当前的设置并返回程序。<br /> 当你退出时，这些设置将被保存到硬盘。</translation> + <translation>接受当前的设置并返回应用程序。<br />在您退出应用时，这些设置将被保存到硬盘。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+4"/> @@ -3105,7 +3100,7 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>This button will reject all changes and return to the application.<br />The settings will be reset to the previous positions.</source> - <translation>这个按钮将拒绝所有的改变并返回程序。<br />设置将被重置为上一个状态。</translation> + <translation>拒绝所有的修改并返回应用程序。<br />设置将被重置为上一个状态。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+4"/> @@ -3115,41 +3110,41 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>This button will immediately apply all changes.</source> - <translation>这个按钮将立即应用所有的改变。</translation> + <translation>立即应用所有的修改。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+3"/> <source>Undo changes for current page</source> - <translation>不对当前页做任何改变</translation> + <translation>撤销此页面的修改</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>This button will revert any changes done on the current page to the most recent applied settings.</source> - <translation>这个按钮将恢复这个页面所做的所有改变。</translation> + <translation>撤销您在此页面上的所有修改。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+3"/> <source>Restore defaults for current page</source> - <translation>恢复当前页面的默认值</translation> + <translation>恢复此页面为默认值</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>This button will restore the defaults for the settings on the current page. Other pages will not be changed.<br />To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page.</source> <oldsource>This button will restore the settings for the current page only to their defaults. Other pages will not be changed.<br />To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page.</oldsource> - <translation>此按钮将恢复当前页面上的设置的默认值。其他页面不会被修改。<br />要将所有设置恢复为默认设置，您必须在每个页面上使用此按钮。</translation> + <translation>恢复此页面上的所有设置为默认值。其他页面不会被修改。<br />要将所有设置恢复为默认，您必须在每个页面上使用此按钮。</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="ConfigDialog.ui"/> <source>Mumble Configuration</source> - <translation>Mumble-配置</translation> + <translation>Mumble 配置</translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>ConnectDialog</name> <message> - <location filename="ConnectDialog.cpp" line="+1142"/> + <location filename="ConnectDialog.cpp" line="+1144"/> <source>Connecting to %1</source> - <translation>连接到 %1</translation> + <translation>正在连接 %1</translation> </message> <message> <location line="-699"/> @@ -3201,7 +3196,7 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? <message> <location line="+3"/> <source>Ping (80%)</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>Ping（80%）</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+0"/> @@ -3212,7 +3207,7 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? <message> <location line="+0"/> <source>Ping (95%)</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>Ping（95%）</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> @@ -3222,7 +3217,7 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? <message> <location line="+0"/> <source>%1 kbit/s</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>%1 千比特/秒</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+430"/> @@ -3232,12 +3227,12 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? <message> <location line="+76"/> <source>&Filters</source> - <translation>过滤(&F)</translation> + <translation>筛选(&F)</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+740"/> <source>Unknown</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>未知</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="ConnectDialog.ui"/> @@ -3258,17 +3253,17 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? <message> <location filename="ConnectDialog.ui"/> <source>Mumble Server Connect</source> - <translation>连接Mumble服务器</translation> + <translation>Mumble 服务器连接</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Ping</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>Ping</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Remove from Favorites</source> - <translation>从收藏夹删除</translation> + <translation>从收藏夹中删除</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -3278,7 +3273,7 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? <message> <location/> <source>Show all servers that respond to ping</source> - <translation>显示所有响应了ping 的服务器</translation> + <translation>显示所有响应 Ping 的服务器</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -3298,17 +3293,17 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? <message> <location/> <source>Copy favorite link to clipboard</source> - <translation>复制收藏夹到剪切板</translation> + <translation>复制收藏夹链接到剪贴板</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>&Paste</source> - <translation>站提(&P)</translation> + <translation>粘贴(&P)</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Paste favorite from clipboard</source> - <translation>从剪切板粘贴到收藏夹</translation> + <translation>从剪贴板粘贴到收藏夹</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -3335,7 +3330,7 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? <message> <location/> <source>Show &Reachable</source> - <translation>显示可到达的服务器(&R)</translation> + <translation>显示可连接的服务器(&R)</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -3345,7 +3340,7 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? <message> <location/> <source>Show &All</source> - <translation>显示全部服务器(&A)</translation> + <translation>显示所有服务器(&A)</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -3363,7 +3358,7 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? <message> <location/> <source>A&ddress</source> - <translation>地址(&d)</translation> + <translation>地址(&D)</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -3378,7 +3373,7 @@ Internet address of the server. This can be a normal hostname, an IPv4/IPv6 addr <oldsource><b>Address</b></br> Internet address of the server. This can be a normal hostname, an ipv4/6 address or a bonjour service identifier. Bonjour service identifiers have to be prefixed with a '@' to be recognized by Mumble.</oldsource> <translation><b>地址</b><br/> -服务器的Internet地址。这可以是一个普通的主机名、IPv4/IPv6地址 或者是Bonjour服务编号。Bonjour服务标识符必须以'@'为前缀，以便Mumble识别。</translation> +服务器的 Internet 地址，可以是普通的主机名、IPv4/IPv6 地址或者一个 Bonjour 服务 ID。Bonjour 服务 ID 必须以“@”为前缀，Mumble 才能识别。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -3388,14 +3383,14 @@ Internet address of the server. This can be a normal hostname, an ipv4/6 address <message> <location/> <source>Port on which the server is listening</source> - <translation>服务器所使用的监听端口</translation> + <translation>服务器所监听的端口</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>Port</b><br/> Port on which the server is listening. If the server is identified by a Bonjour service identifier this field will be ignored.</source> <translation><b>端口</b><br/> -服务器所使用的监听端口。如果服务器是一个Bonjour服务编号，这个区域会被忽略。</translation> +服务器所使用的监听端口。如果服务器由 Bonjour 服务 ID 标识，此值会被忽略。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -3412,12 +3407,12 @@ Port on which the server is listening. If the server is identified by a Bonjour <source><b>Username</b><br/> Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions on how a username might look like. Also your username could already be taken by another user.</source> <translation><b>用户名</b><br/> -发送到服务器的用户名。请注意，服务器可以对用户名的外观施加限制。您的用户名也可能已由其他用户使用。</translation> +发送到服务器的用户名。请注意，服务器可以限制用户名的格式。您的用户名也可能已被其他用户使用。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Label</source> - <translation>显示</translation> + <translation>别名</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="ConnectDialog.cpp" line="-192"/> @@ -3429,18 +3424,18 @@ Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions <source>You are currently connected to a server. Do you want to fill the dialog with the connection data of this server? Host: %1 Port: %2</source> - <translation>你当前已经连接到了一个服务器。 -你想要使用你当前连接的服务器的数据来填写这个对话框吗？ -主机: %1 端口: %2</translation> + <translation>您当前已连接到一个服务器。 +您想要将当前连接服务器的数据填写到此对话框吗？ +主机：%1 端口：%2</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+45"/> <source>You have an URL in your clipboard. Do you want to fill the dialog with this data? Host: %1 Port: %2</source> - <translation>你的剪贴板中有一个URL。 -你想要用它填写这个对话框吗？ -主机: %1 端口: %2</translation> + <translation>您的剪贴板中有一个 URL。 +您想要将它填写到此对话框吗？ +主机：%1 端口：%2</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="ConnectDialogEdit.ui"/> @@ -3457,7 +3452,7 @@ Host: %1 Port: %2</source> <source><b>Password</b><br/> Password to be sent to the server on connect. This password is needed when connecting as <i>SuperUser</i> or to a server using password authentication. If not entered here the password will be queried on connect.</source> <translation><b>密码</b><br/> -当连接服务器时发动到服务器的密码。这个密码是当以<i>超级用户</i>链接到服务器时是哟你的密码验证。如果没有在这里输入，当连接到服务器时会被要求输入密码。</translation> +连接服务器时发送到服务器的密码。如果您以 <i>SuperUser</i>（超级用户）身份连接服务器或者连接一个通过密码认证的服务器，则需要填写密码。如果您没有在此处输入，则连接服务器时会被要求输入密码。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -3468,13 +3463,13 @@ Password to be sent to the server on connect. This password is needed when conne <location/> <source><b>Label</b><br/> Label of the server. This is what the server will be named like in your server list and can be chosen freely.</source> - <translation><b>显示</b><br/> -服务器的显示。这是显示到你的服务器列表并可以被自由选择的名字。</translation> + <translation><b>别名</b><br/> +服务器的别名。此名称会在服务器列表中显示，您可以随意选择此名称。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Local server label</source> - <translation>本地服务器标记</translation> + <translation>本地服务器别名</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -3499,7 +3494,7 @@ Label of the server. This is what the server will be named like in your server l <message> <location/> <source>&Fill</source> - <translation>填充(&F)</translation> + <translation>填写(&F)</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -3520,18 +3515,18 @@ Label of the server. This is what the server will be named like in your server l <message> <location line="+6"/> <source><p><b>We're terribly sorry, but it seems Mumble has crashed. Do you want to send a crash report to the Mumble developers?</b></p><p>The crash report contains a partial copy of Mumble's memory at the time it crashed, and will help the developers fix the problem.</p></source> - <translation><p><b>我们非常抱歉的告诉你，Mumble发生了崩溃。你是否需要发送崩溃报告到Mumble开发组？</b></p><p>这个报告中包含了一份Mumble崩溃时的内存快照，这可以帮助开发者更好修复错误。</p></translation> + <translation><p><b>很抱歉，Mumble 发生了崩溃。您是否需要向 Mumble 开发者发送崩溃报告？</b></p><p>此报告包含部分 Mumble 崩溃时的内存快照，可以帮助开发者更好地解决问题。</p></translation> </message> <message> <location line="+8"/> <source>Email address (optional)</source> - <translation>Email地址(选填)</translation> + <translation>电子邮件地址（选填）</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+9"/> <source>Please describe briefly, in English, what you were doing at the time of the crash</source> <oldsource>Please briefly describe what you were doing at the time of the crash</oldsource> - <translation>请用英语简单的描述崩溃时您的操作</translation> + <translation>请使用英语简单地描述您在崩溃之前的操作</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+5"/> @@ -3551,7 +3546,7 @@ Label of the server. This is what the server will be named like in your server l <message> <location line="+0"/> <source>Thank you for helping make Mumble better!</source> - <translation>感谢你帮助Mumble变得更好！</translation> + <translation>感谢您帮助 Mumble 变得更好！</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> @@ -3562,17 +3557,17 @@ Label of the server. This is what the server will be named like in your server l <message> <location line="-2"/> <source>We're really sorry, but it appears the crash upload has failed with error %1 %2. Please inform a developer.</source> - <translation>非常抱歉，发送崩溃报告因错误%1 %2 而失败。请通知开发者。</translation> + <translation>非常抱歉，发送崩溃报告因错误 %1 %2 而失败。请通知开发者。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>This really isn't funny, but apparently there's a bug in the crash reporting code, and we've failed to upload the report. You may inform a developer about error %1</source> - <translation>这一点也不好玩，由于崩溃报告代码中存在漏洞，素以无法成功发送报告。你可以将错误 %1 通知开发者</translation> + <translation>这并不有趣，显然崩溃报告代码中存在漏洞，所以无法成功发送报告。您可以将错误 %1 告知开发者</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+101"/> <source>Uploading crash report</source> - <translation>崩溃报告上传中</translation> + <translation>正在上传崩溃报告</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+0"/> @@ -3590,17 +3585,17 @@ Label of the server. This is what the server will be named like in your server l <message> <location line="+451"/> <source>Opening chosen DirectSound Input device failed. No microphone capture will be done.</source> - <translation>打开选择的DirectSound输入设备失败。无法执行麦克风抓取。</translation> + <translation>开启所选 DirectSound 输入设备失败。将无法捕获麦克风。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="-83"/> <source>Opening chosen DirectSound Input failed. Default device will be used.</source> - <translation>打开选择的DirectSound输入设备失败。将使用默认设备。</translation> + <translation>开启所选 DirectSound 输入失败。将使用默认设备。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+78"/> <source>Lost DirectSound input device.</source> - <translation>DirectSound输入设备丢失。</translation> + <translation>DirectSound 输入设备丢失。</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -3608,12 +3603,12 @@ Label of the server. This is what the server will be named like in your server l <message> <location line="-486"/> <source>Default DirectSound Voice Output</source> - <translation>默认DirectSound声音输出</translation> + <translation>默认 DirectSound 声音输出</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+243"/> <source>Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. Default device will be used.</source> - <translation>打开所选DirectSound输出失败。将使用默认设备。</translation> + <translation>开启所选 DirectSound 输出失败。将使用默认设备。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+73"/> @@ -3623,7 +3618,7 @@ Label of the server. This is what the server will be named like in your server l <message> <location line="+4"/> <source>Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. No audio will be heard.</source> - <translation>打开选择的 DirectSound 输出失败。将无法听到声音。</translation> + <translation>开启所选 DirectSound 输出失败。将无法播放声音。</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -3632,13 +3627,13 @@ Label of the server. This is what the server will be named like in your server l <location filename="Database.cpp" line="+92"/> <source>Mumble failed to initialize a database in any of the possible locations.</source> - <translation>Mumble 在从任何可能的地方初始化数据库时失败。</translation> + <translation>Mumble 从某处初始化数据库时失败。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+7"/> <source>The database '%1' is read-only. Mumble cannot store server settings (i.e. SSL certificates) until you fix this problem.</source> <oldsource>The database '%1' is read-only. Mumble can not store server settings (ie. SSL certificates) until you fix this problem.</oldsource> - <translation>数据库‘%1'’ 是只读的。在修复错误前Mumble 无将法保存服务器设置（i.e. SLL certificates）。</translation> + <translation>数据库“%1”是只读的。在修复此错误前，Mumble 将无法保存服务器设置（即 SSL 证书）。</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -3667,7 +3662,7 @@ of the possible locations.</source> <message> <location/> <source>List of configured shortcuts</source> - <translation>已经设置的快捷键列表</translation> + <translation>已设置快捷键列表</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -3687,7 +3682,7 @@ of the possible locations.</source> <message> <location/> <source>Suppress</source> - <translation>抑制</translation> + <translation>屏蔽</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -3707,12 +3702,12 @@ of the possible locations.</source> <message> <location/> <source>Remove selected shortcut</source> - <translation>删除选择快捷键</translation> + <translation>删除所选快捷键</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This will permanently remove a selected shortcut.</source> - <translation>永久删除一个被选择的快捷键。</translation> + <translation>永久删除被选中的快捷键。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -3722,12 +3717,12 @@ of the possible locations.</source> <message> <location/> <source><html><head/><body><p>Mumble can currently only use mouse buttons and keyboard modifier keys (Alt, Ctrl, Cmd, etc.) for global shortcuts.</p><p>If you want more flexibility, you can enable <span style=" font-style:italic;">Access for assistive devices</span> in the system's Accessibility preferences. However, please note that this change also potentially allows malicious programs to read what is typed on your keyboard.</p></body></html></source> - <translation><html><head/><body><p>Mumble目前只能使用鼠标键和键盘修改键（Alt，Ctrl，Cmd 等）作为全局快捷键。</p><p>如果你想要更加便利，你可以启用<span style=" font-style:italic;">访问辅助设备</span>在系统的无障碍偏好设置里。但请注意，此更改还可能允许恶意程序读取键盘上键入的内容。</p></body></html></translation> + <translation><html><head/><body><p>Mumble 目前仅支持鼠标按钮和键盘修饰键（Alt、Ctrl、Cmd 等）作为全局快捷键。</p><p>如果您希望更灵活，可以在系统辅助功能偏好设置中启用<span style=" font-style:italic;">辅助设备访问</span>。但请注意，此更改还可能允许恶意程序读取键盘上键入的内容。</p></body></html></translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Open Accessibility Preferences</source> - <translation>打开无障碍偏好设置</translation> + <translation>打开辅助功能偏好设置</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -3742,64 +3737,64 @@ of the possible locations.</source> <message> <location/> <source><b>Additional Shortcut Engines</b><br />This section allows you to configure the use of additional GlobalShortcut engines.</source> - <translation><b>额外的快捷键引擎</b><br />本部分允许您配置其他全局快捷键引擎的使用。</translation> + <translation><b>其他快捷键引擎</b><br />本部分允许您配置其他全局快捷键引擎的使用。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Additional Shortcut Engines</source> - <translation>额外的快捷键引擎</translation> + <translation>其他快捷键引擎</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>Enable Windows hooks</b>.<br />This enables the Windows hooks shortcut engine. Using this engine allows Mumble to suppress keypresses and mouse clicks.</source> - <translation><b>启用Windows钩子</b>。<br />这将启用Windows挂钩快捷方式引擎。 使用此引擎可让Mumble抑制按键和鼠标点击。</translation> + <translation><b>启用 Windows 钩子</b>。<br />这将启用 Windows 钩子快捷键引擎。 启用此引擎可使 Mumble 屏蔽按键和鼠标点击。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Enable Windows hooks</source> - <translation>启用Windows钩子</translation> + <translation>启用 Windows 钩子</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>Enable GKey</b>.<br />This setting enables support for the GKey shortcut engine, for "G"-keys found on Logitech keyboards.</source> - <translation><b>启用GKey</b>。<br />此设置支持GKey快捷键引擎，用于Logitech键盘上的“G”键。</translation> + <translation><b>启用 GKey</b>。<br />此设置启用对 GKey 快捷键引擎的支持，用于 Logitech 键盘上的 G 键。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Enable GKey</source> - <translation>启用GKey</translation> + <translation>启用 GKey</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>Enable XInput</b><br />This setting enables support for the XInput shortcut engine, for Xbox compatible controllers.</source> - <translation><b>启用XInput</b><br />此设置支持XInput快捷键引擎，适用于Xbox兼容控制器。</translation> + <translation><b>启用 XInput</b><br />此设置启用对 XInput 快捷键引擎的支持，用于兼容 Xbox 的游戏控制器。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Enable XInput</source> - <translation>启用XInput</translation> + <translation>启用 XInput</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>Enable shortcuts in privileged applications</b>.<br />Also known as "UIAccess". This allows Mumble to receive global shortcut events from programs running at high privilege levels, such as an Admin Command Prompt or older games that run with admin privileges. <br /><br /> Without this option enabled, using Mumble's global shortcuts in privileged applications will not work. This can seem inconsistent: for example, if the Push-to-Talk button is pressed in a non-privileged program, but released in a privileged application, Mumble will not observe that it has been released and you will continue to talk until you press the Push-to-Talk button again.</source> - <translation><b>在特权应用程序中启用快捷方式</b>。<br />也称为“UIAccess”。 这允许Mumble从以高权限级别运行的程序接收全局快捷方式事件，例如Admin命令提示符或以管理员权限运行的旧游戏。 + <translation><b>允许在特权应用中使用快捷键</b>。<br />这也被称为“UIAccess”，使 Mumble 可以从高权限应用程序接收全局快捷键事件，例如在管理员命令提示符或以管理员权限运行的旧游戏中。 <br /><br /> -如果未启用此选项，则在特权应用程序中使用Mumble的全局快捷方式将不起作用。 这看起来似乎不一致：例如，如果在非特权程序中按下了按键通话按钮，但在特权应用程序中释放，Mumble将不会发现它已被释放，您将继续说话直到您再次按下“按键通话”按钮。</translation> +如果未启用此选项，则在特权应用程序中，Mumble 全局快捷键将不起作用。这可能导致看起来不一致的行为：例如，如果在非特权程序中按住按键发言键，但在特权应用程序中松开，Mumble 将无法发现它已被释放，您将会继续保持说话状态，直到您再次按下按键发言键。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Enable shortcuts in privileged applications</source> - <translation>在特权应用程序中启用快捷方式</translation> + <translation>在特权应用中启用快捷键</translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>GlobalShortcutConfig</name> <message> - <location filename="GlobalShortcut.cpp" line="+533"/> + <location filename="GlobalShortcut.cpp" line="+535"/> <source><html><head/><body><p>Mumble can currently only use mouse buttons and keyboard modifier keys (Alt, Ctrl, Cmd, etc.) for global shortcuts.</p><p>If you want more flexibility, you can add Mumble as a trusted accessibility program in the Security & Privacy section of your Mac's System Preferences.</p><p>In the Security & Privacy preference pane, change to the Privacy tab. Then choose Accessibility (near the bottom) in the list to the left. Finally, add Mumble to the list of trusted accessibility programs.</body></html></source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation><html><head/><body><p>Mumble 目前仅支持鼠标按钮和键盘修饰键（Alt、Ctrl、Cmd 等）作为全局快捷键。</p><p>如果您希望更灵活，可以在 Mac 系统偏好设置的“安全性与隐私”中将 Mumble 添加为信任的辅助功能程序。</p><p>在偏好设置的“安全性与隐私”面板，转到“隐私”标签。然后在左侧的列表内选择“辅助功能”（靠近底部）。最后，在右侧添加 Mumble 作为信任的辅助功能程序</body></html></translation> </message> <message> <location line="+115"/> @@ -3815,17 +3810,17 @@ Without this option enabled, using Mumble's global shortcuts in privileged <location line="+1"/> <source><b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Click this field and then press the desired key/button combo to rebind. Double-click to clear.</source> <oldsource><b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Double-click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind.</oldsource> - <translation><b>绑定全局快捷键。</b><br />单击这个区域然后按下相应的 Key/button 组合以重新绑定快捷键，双击清除已绑定的快捷键。</translation> + <translation><b>全局快捷键组合。</b><br />点击此框，然后按下相应的按键/按钮组合，以重新绑定快捷键，双击清除已绑定的快捷键。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+4"/> <source>Suppress keys from other applications</source> - <translation>抑制其他应用程序的按键</translation> + <translation>屏蔽其他应用程序的按键</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source><b>This hides the button presses from other applications.</b><br />Enabling this will hide the button (or the last button of a multi-button combo) from other applications. Note that not all buttons can be suppressed.</source> - <translation><b>这会隐藏其他应用程序的按键。</b><br />启用此功能将隐藏其他应用程序的按钮（或多按钮组合的最后一个按钮）。 请注意，并非所有按钮都可以被抑制。</translation> + <translation><b>隐藏其他应用程序的按键。</b><br />启用此功能将隐藏其他应用程序的按键（或组合键的最后一个键）。请注意，并非所有按键都可以被屏蔽。</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -3833,17 +3828,17 @@ Without this option enabled, using Mumble's global shortcuts in privileged <message> <location filename="GlobalShortcutTarget.ui"/> <source>Whisper Target</source> - <translation>悄悄话目标</translation> + <translation>密语目标</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Whisper to list of Users</source> - <translation>对列表的用户说悄悄话</translation> + <translation>对列表中的用户密语</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Channel Target</source> - <translation>改变目标</translation> + <translation>频道目标</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -3853,7 +3848,7 @@ Without this option enabled, using Mumble's global shortcuts in privileged <message> <location/> <source>If specified, only members of this group will receive the whisper.</source> - <translation>如果指定，只有列表中的人才能接收到悄悄话。</translation> + <translation>如果指定，只有分组中的用户才能接收到密语。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -3873,42 +3868,42 @@ Without this option enabled, using Mumble's global shortcuts in privileged <message> <location/> <source>Modifiers</source> - <translation>调整</translation> + <translation>选项</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Do not send positional audio information when using this whisper shortcut.</source> - <translation>当使用快捷悄悄话方式时不发送位置语音信息。</translation> + <translation>使用密语快捷键时不发送位置音频信息。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Ignore positional audio</source> - <translation>忽视位置语音</translation> + <translation>忽略位置语音</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Shout to Linked channels</source> - <translation>对链接的频道大喊</translation> + <translation>对链接的频道呼喊</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Shout to subchannels</source> - <translation>对所有的子频道大喊</translation> + <translation>对子频道呼喊</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Shout to Channel</source> - <translation>对频道大喊</translation> + <translation>对频道呼喊</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>The whisper will also be transmitted to linked channels.</source> - <translation>悄悄话可以发送到所有链接的频道。</translation> + <translation>密语也会被传输到链接的频道。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>The whisper will also be sent to the subchannels of the channel target.</source> - <translation>悄悄话可以发送到目标频道的所有子频道。</translation> + <translation>密语也会被传输到目标频道的子频道。</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -3940,7 +3935,7 @@ Without this option enabled, using Mumble's global shortcuts in privileged <context> <name>LCD</name> <message> - <location filename="LCD.cpp" line="+267"/> + <location filename="LCD.cpp" line="+269"/> <source>Not connected</source> <translation>未连接</translation> </message> @@ -3950,19 +3945,15 @@ Without this option enabled, using Mumble's global shortcuts in privileged <message> <location line="-171"/> <source>Enable this device</source> - <translation>启用这个设备</translation> + <translation>启用此设备</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="+5"/> + <location filename="LCD.ui"/> + <location filename="LCD.cpp" line="+5"/> <source>LCD</source> <translation>LCD</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="LCD.ui"/> - <source>Form</source> - <translation>来自</translation> - </message> - <message> <location/> <source>Devices</source> <translation>设备</translation> @@ -3980,27 +3971,27 @@ Without this option enabled, using Mumble's global shortcuts in privileged This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixels (for Graphic LCDs) or in characters (for Character LCDs).</p> <h3>Enabled:</h3> <p>This decides whether Mumble should draw to a particular LCD device.</p></source> - <translation><p>这是一个你系统上的可用LCD设备的列表。 这里列出了设备的名称、显示的尺寸。Mumble支持在同一时间输出到多个LCD设备。</p> -<h3>大小：</h3> + <translation><p>您系统中可用的 LCD 设备列表。此列表按设备名称排列，也包含屏幕的尺寸。Mumble 支持在同时输出到多个 LCD 设备。</p> +<h3>尺寸：</h3> <p> -这个区域显示了LCD设备的尺寸大小。这个尺寸用像素或者英寸表示。</p> -<h3>可用：</h3> -<p>Mumble是否显示到该LCD设备上。</p></translation> +此区域显示了 LCD 设备的尺寸。该尺寸以像素（图像 LCD）或者字符数（字符 LCD）表示。</p> +<h3>启用：</h3> +<p>表示 Mumble 是否应该向该 LCD 设备输出显示。</p></translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Size</source> - <translation>大小</translation> + <translation>尺寸</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Enabled</source> - <translation>可用</translation> + <translation>启用</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Views</source> - <translation>显示</translation> + <translation>视图</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -4012,42 +4003,42 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <source><p>This option decides the minimum width a column in the User View.</p> <p>If too many people are speaking at once, the User View will split itself into columns. You can use this option to pick a compromise between number of users shown on the LCD, and width of user names.</p> </source> - <translation><p>这个选项定义了用户显示时一列的最小的宽度</p> -<p>如果太多的用户同一时间说话。用户显示会被分割成不同的列。你可以他哦难过这个选项来调整LCD上可以显示的用户数量以及他们的名字的宽度。</p> + <translation><p>此选项定义用户视图中一列的最小宽度。</p> +<p>如果太多用户在同一时间说话，用户视图会被分割成不同的列。您可以使用此选项，在 LCD 上显示的用户数量与用户名宽度之间找到一个平衡。</p> </translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This setting decides the width of column splitter.</source> - <translation>设定列分割条的宽度。</translation> + <translation>设置列分割线的宽度。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Splitter Width</source> - <translation>分割条宽度</translation> + <translation>分割线宽度</translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>Log</name> <message> - <location filename="Log.cpp" line="+222"/> + <location filename="Log.cpp" line="+224"/> <source>Debug</source> - <translation>调试</translation> + <translation>日志（调试）</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>Critical</source> - <translation>致命</translation> + <translation>日志（严重）</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>Warning</source> - <translation>警告</translation> + <translation>日志（警告）</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>Information</source> - <translation>信息</translation> + <translation>日志（信息）</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> @@ -4057,17 +4048,17 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>Server Disconnected</source> - <translation>和服务器的连接断开</translation> + <translation>与服务器断开连接</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+7"/> <source>Other self-muted/deafened</source> - <translation>他人自己的操作——关闭麦克风/扬声器</translation> + <translation>其他人关闭自己的麦克风/扬声器</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+6"/> <source>Permission Denied</source> - <translation>不允许</translation> + <translation>权限被拒绝</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> @@ -4077,7 +4068,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location line="-13"/> <source>User Joined Server</source> - <translation>用户进入服务器</translation> + <translation>用户加入服务器</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> @@ -4092,37 +4083,37 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>User kicked (you or by you)</source> - <translation>用户被踢出(你或者被你)</translation> + <translation>用户踢出你或被你踢出</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>User kicked</source> - <translation>用户被踢出</translation> + <translation>用户踢出</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>You self-muted</source> - <translation>你自己的操作——关闭麦克风</translation> + <translation>您关闭自己的麦克风</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>User muted (you)</source> - <translation>你的麦克风被关闭</translation> + <translation>用户关闭您的麦克风</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>User muted (by you)</source> - <translation>用户的麦克风被关闭</translation> + <translation>用户被您关闭麦克风</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>User muted (other)</source> - <translation>用户的麦克风被关闭(其他人)</translation> + <translation>用户关闭麦克风（其他）</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>User Joined Channel</source> - <translation>用户进入频道</translation> + <translation>用户加入频道</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> @@ -4132,17 +4123,17 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location line="+3"/> <source>You self-unmuted</source> - <translation>你自己的操作——打开麦克风</translation> + <translation>您开启自己的麦克风</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>You self-deafened</source> - <translation>你自己的操作——关闭扬声器</translation> + <translation>您关闭自己的扬声器</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>You self-undeafened</source> - <translation>你自己的操作——打开扬声器</translation> + <translation>您开启自己的扬声器</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> @@ -4152,12 +4143,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>You Joined Channel</source> - <translation>你进入了频道</translation> + <translation>您进入频道</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>You Joined Channel (moved)</source> - <translation>你进入了频道(移动)</translation> + <translation>您进入频道（被移动）</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> @@ -4182,12 +4173,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location line="+111"/> <source>[[ Invalid size ]]</source> - <translation>[[ 无效的尺寸 ]]</translation> + <translation>[[ 无效尺寸 ]]</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+13"/> <source>[[ Text object too large to display ]]</source> - <translation>[[ 文字元件太大而无法显示 ]]</translation> + <translation>[[ 文字对象太大，无法显示 ]]</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+46"/> @@ -4204,7 +4195,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>FTP link to %1</source> - <translation>FTP链接到 %1</translation> + <translation>FTP 链接到 %1</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> @@ -4227,65 +4218,65 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location line="-502"/> <source>Toggle console for %1 events</source> - <translation>将事件 %1 关联到控制台</translation> + <translation>开关“%1”事件的控制台输出</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>Toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events</source> - <translation>将事件 %1 关联到弹出通知</translation> + <translation>开关“%1”事件的弹出通知</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+12"/> <source>Toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events</source> - <translation>将事件 %1 关联到语音播报</translation> + <translation>开关“%1”事件的语音播报</translation> </message> <message> <location line="-10"/> <source>Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events</source> - <translation>将事件 %1 关联到提示音</translation> + <translation>开关“%1”事件的提示音</translation> </message> <message> <location line="-1"/> <source>Toggle window highlight (if not active) for %1 events</source> - <translation>将事件 %1 关联到窗口高亮(如果未激活)</translation> + <translation>开关“%1”事件的窗口高亮（如果未激活）</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>Path to sound file used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events<br />Single click to play<br />Double-click to change</source> - <translation>为事件 %1 的提示音选择一个声音文件<br />单击播放<br />双击改变</translation> + <translation>为“%1”事件的提示音选择一个声音文件<br />点击播放<br />双击更改</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>Click here to toggle console output for %1 events.<br />If checked, this option makes Mumble output all %1 events in its message log.</source> - <translation>点击这里为事件 %1 设置控制输出。<br />如果选择这个选项，Mumble将输出所有事件 %1 到信息日志。</translation> + <translation>点击这里开关“%1”事件的控制台输出。<br />如果选中此选项，Mumble 将会把所有“%1”事件输出到消息日志。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by Mumble for every %1 event.</source> <oldsource>Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by mumble for every %1 event.</oldsource> - <translation>点击这里将事件 %1 关联到弹出式消息提示。<br />如果这个选项被选中，Mumble会为所有 %1 事件创建一个弹出消息。</translation> + <translation>点击这里开关“%1”事件的弹出通知。<br />如果选中此选项，Mumble 将会为所有“%1”事件弹出一个通知。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>Click here to toggle window highlight for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble's window will be highlighted for every %1 event, if not active.</source> - <translation>点击这里将事件 %1 关联到窗口高亮。<br />如果这个选项被选中，在Mumble的窗口未被激活的情况下，每个 %1 事件都会高亮窗口。</translation> + <translation>点击这里开关“%1”事件的窗口高亮。<br />如果选中此选项，在 Mumble 窗口未激活的情况下，每次“%1”事件都会高亮窗口。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>Path to sound file used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.<br />Single click to play<br />Double-click to change<br />Ensure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect.</source> - <translation>为事件 %1 选择用于提示音的声音文件。<br />单击播放<br />双击改变<br />确认这些事件已经开启声音提示并且没有设置其他的效果。</translation> + <translation>为“%1”事件选择提示音文件路径。<br />点击播放<br />双击更改<br />请确保这些事件已经开启提示音或者未设置其他提醒效果。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+4"/> <source>Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for sound files. Text-To-Speech and sound files cannot be used at the same time.</source> <oldsource>Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses a soundfile predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Soundfiles and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time.</oldsource> - <translation>点击这里将事件 %1 关联到语音播报。<br />一旦选择，语音提示会将事件 %1 读出给你。语音提示也能够读出并不包含在声音文件里的事件内容。语音提示和声音文件不能同时启用。</translation> + <translation>点击这里开关“%1”事件的语音播报。<br />如果选中此选项，Mumble 将会使用文字转语音引擎为您播报“%1”事件。语音播报能够读出事件内容，这是提示音所不具备的功能。语音播报和提示音不能同时启用。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="-5"/> <source>Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses a sound file predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Sound files and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time.</source> <oldsource>Path to soundfile used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.<br />Single click to play<br />Doubleclick to change<br />Be sure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect.</oldsource> - <translation>点击这里将事件 %1 绑定到提示音。<br />如果选择，Mumble会使用播放指定的声音文件提示事件 %1 。声音文件和语音播报不能同时启用。</translation> + <translation>点击这里开关“%1”事件的提示音。<br />如果选中此选项，Mumble 会使用您设定好的声音文件提示“%1”事件。提示音和语音播报不能同时启用。</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="Log.ui"/> @@ -4305,7 +4296,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location/> <source>Notification</source> - <translation>提示</translation> + <translation>通知</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -4315,7 +4306,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location/> <source>Soundfile</source> - <translation>声音文件</translation> + <translation>提示音文件</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -4335,7 +4326,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location/> <source>Volume of Text-To-Speech Engine</source> - <translation>语音播报启用的音量</translation> + <translation>语音播报引擎的音量</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -4350,42 +4341,42 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location/> <source>Message length threshold for Text-To-Speech Engine</source> - <translation>设置语音播放的信息长度</translation> + <translation>语音播放引擎的消息长度限制</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>This is the length threshold used for the Text-To-Speech Engine.</b><br />Messages longer than this limit will not be read aloud in their full length.</source> - <translation><b>设置语音播报的信息的长度</b><br />超过这个长度限制的信息将不会被播报全部内容。</translation> + <translation><b>设置语音播报消息的长度</b><br />超过这个长度限制的消息将不会被完整播报内容。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source> Characters</source> - <translation>字符</translation> + <translation> 字符</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Whisper</source> - <translation>悄悄话</translation> + <translation>密语</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>If checked you will only hear whispers from users you added to your friend list.</source> - <translation>如果你选择这个选项你将只能听到你的好友列表里的用户给你发送的悄悄话。</translation> + <translation>如果选中此选项，您将只能听到好友列表内用户的密语。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Only accept whispers from friends</source> - <translation>只接受好友的悄悄话</translation> + <translation>仅接受好友的密语</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>If enabled text messages you send will be read back to you with TTS</source> - <translation>如果允许这个选项，发送给你的信息将通过语音播报读出</translation> + <translation>如果启用，您发送的文字消息也会被语音播报给您</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Read back own messages</source> - <translation>阅读给我的消息</translation> + <translation>播报自己的消息</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -4395,7 +4386,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location/> <source>Maximum chat length</source> - <translation>最大字符长度</translation> + <translation>最大聊天长度</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -4410,13 +4401,13 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location/> <source>Highlight</source> - <translation>高亮</translation> + <translation>窗口高亮</translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>LookConfig</name> <message> - <location filename="LookConfig.cpp" line="+30"/> + <location filename="LookConfig.cpp" line="+32"/> <source>System default</source> <translation>系统默认</translation> </message> @@ -4434,7 +4425,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>All</source> - <translation>全部</translation> + <translation>全部展开</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> @@ -4463,32 +4454,32 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location line="+7"/> <source>User Interface</source> - <translation>用户界面</translation> + <translation>界面</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="LookConfig.ui"/> <source>This sets which channels to automatically expand. <i>None</i> and <i>All</i> will expand no or all channels, while <i>Only with users</i> will expand and collapse channels as users join and leave them.</source> - <translation>设置频道的自动展开。<i>不展开</i> 和 <i>全部展开</i>将展开或不展开所有频道。<i>仅有用户时</i> 将展开在用户加入或离开他们时自动展开或收缩。</translation> + <translation>设置频道的自动展开。<i>不展开</i>和<i>全部展开</i>将会折叠所有频道或展开所有频道。<i>仅有用户时</i>将会在用户加入或离开频道时自动展开或折叠。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>List users above subchannels (requires restart).</source> - <translation>将用户显示在子频道上方(需要重启)。</translation> + <translation>将用户显示在子频道上方（需要重启）。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>If set, users will be shown above subchannels in the channel view.</b><br />A restart of Mumble is required to see the change.</source> - <translation><b>如果设置，这个频道的用户将显示在子频道的上方。</b><br />这个该表需要重启 Mumble 才能生效。</translation> + <translation><b>如果选中，频道的用户将会显示在其子频道的上方。</b><br />此更改需要重启 Mumble 才能生效。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Users above Channels</source> - <translation>用户在频道上方</translation> + <translation>用户显示在频道上方</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>If set, will verify you want to quit if connected.</b></source> - <translation><b>如果设置，如托退出时已经连接将发出确认通知。</b></translation> + <translation><b>如果选中，在您已连接服务器时退出需要确认。</b></translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -4508,12 +4499,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location/> <source>Language to use (requires restart)</source> - <translation>将使用的语言(需要重启)</translation> + <translation>将使用的语言（需要重启）</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>This sets which language Mumble should use.</b><br />You have to restart Mumble to use the new language.</source> - <translation><b>设置 Mumble 将使用的语言</b><br />你需要重启才能使用新的语言。</translation> + <translation><b>设置 Mumble 应该使用的语言。</b><br />您需要重启 Mumble 才能使用新的语言。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -4548,38 +4539,38 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location/> <source>This changes the behavior when moving channels.</source> - <translation>改变移动一个频道时的行为。</translation> + <translation>改变移动频道时的行为。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This sets the behavior of channel drags; it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. <i>Move</i> moves the channel without prompting. <i>Do Nothing</i> does nothing and prints an error message. <i>Ask</i> uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel.</source> <oldsource>This sets the behavior of channel drags; it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. <i>Move Channel</i> moves the channel without prompting. <i>Do Nothing</i> does nothing and prints an error message. <i>Ask</i> uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel.</oldsource> - <translation>设置当一个频道被拖动时的行为，可以防止意外的拖动。<i>移动</i> 立刻移动频道而不需要任何确认；<i>无动作</i> 不做任何改变并显示一个错误信息。<i>询问</i> 弹出一个消息框以确认是发哦要移动频道。</translation> + <translation>设置频道被拖动时的行为，用于防止意外的拖动。<i>移动</i>表示立刻移动频道而不需要任何确认。<i>无动作</i>表示不做任何改变并显示一条错误消息。<i>询问</i>表示弹出一个消息框以确认您是否确实要移动频道。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Expand</source> - <translation>扩展</translation> + <translation>频道展开</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>When to automatically expand channels</source> - <translation>什么时候自动扩展频道</translation> + <translation>何时自动展开频道</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Channel Dragging</source> - <translation>拖动频道</translation> + <translation>频道拖动</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Ask whether to close or minimize when quitting Mumble.</source> - <translation>询问是最小化还是关闭 Mumble。</translation> + <translation>在退出 Mumble 时，询问您要关闭还是最小化。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Ask on quit while connected</source> - <translation>当已连接时询问</translation> + <translation>在已连接服务器时确认退出</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -4589,7 +4580,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location/> <source><b>If set, minimizing the Mumble main window will cause it to be hidden and accessible only from the tray. Otherwise, it will be minimized as a window normally would.</b></source> - <translation><b>如果设置，最小化时Mumble主窗口将最小化到系统任务栏。否则将以普通窗口方式最小化。</b></translation> + <translation><b>如果设置，最小化时 Mumble 主窗口将被最小化到系统托盘。否则将以普通窗口方式最小化。</b></translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -4599,12 +4590,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location/> <source>Hide the main Mumble window in the tray when it is minimized.</source> - <translation>当最小化时隐藏 Mumble 主窗口到系统托盘。</translation> + <translation>在最小化时隐藏 Mumble 主窗口到系统托盘。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This setting controls when the application will be always on top.</source> - <translation>设置控制应用程序是否总是在顶层显示。</translation> + <translation>此选项控制应用程序何时需要置顶显示。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -4629,32 +4620,32 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location/> <source>Displays talking status in system tray</source> - <translation>在系统栏显示说话状态</translation> + <translation>在系统托盘显示说话状态</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Show talking status in tray icon</source> - <translation>在系统栏图标显示说话状态</translation> + <translation>使用系统托盘图标显示说话状态</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This setting controls in which situations the application will stay always on top. If you select <i>Never</i> the application will not stay on top. <i>Always</i> will always keep the application on top. <i>In minimal view</i> / <i>In normal view</i> will only keep the application always on top when minimal view is activated / deactivated.</source> - <translation>设置是否始终将应用程序至于顶层。如果选择 <i>从不</i> ，应用程序将永远不会至于顶层。 <i>总是</i> 将使应用程序总是显示在顶层。<i>简洁视图时</i> / <i>普通视图时</i> 将仅在激活/未激活简洁视图的时候将应用程序置于顶层。</translation> + <translation>此选项控制何时将应用置于顶层。如果选择<i>从不</i>，应用程序将永远不会至于顶层。<i>总是</i>表示应用程序总是显示在顶层。<i>简洁视图时</i>/<i>普通视图时</i>表示将仅在激活/未激活简洁视图时将应用程序置于顶层。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Show context menu in menu bar</source> - <translation>菜单栏显示菜单内容</translation> + <translation>菜单栏显示右键菜单</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Apply some high contrast optimizations for visually impaired users</source> - <translation>允许障碍用户使用高亮显示的优化</translation> + <translation>为视障用户启用一些高对比度优化</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Optimize for high contrast</source> - <translation>高亮显示优化</translation> + <translation>高对比度优化</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -4664,12 +4655,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location/> <source>Adds user and channel context menus into the menu bar</source> - <translation>添加用户和频道内容菜单到菜单栏</translation> + <translation>在菜单栏添加“用户”和“频道”的右键菜单</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Tray Icon</source> - <translation>系统图标</translation> + <translation>系统托盘图标</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -4679,17 +4670,17 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location/> <source>Use selected item as the chat bar target</source> - <translation>使用所选项目作为聊天栏目标</translation> + <translation>以所选对象作为聊天栏目标</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Filter automatically hides empty channels</source> - <translation>过滤器会自动隐藏空白频道</translation> + <translation>筛选频道时自动隐藏空频道</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Show transmit mode dropdown in toolbar</source> - <translation>在工具栏中显示传输模式下拉列表</translation> + <translation>在工具栏显示传输模式下拉列表</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -4699,32 +4690,32 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location/> <source>Theme to use to style the user interface</source> - <translation>用于设置用户界面样式的主题</translation> + <translation>用于设置界面样式的主题</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>Configures which theme the Mumble user interface should be styled with</b><br />Mumble will pick up themes from certain directories and display them in this list. The one you select will be used to customize the visual appearance of Mumble. This includes colors, icons and more.</source> - <translation><b>配置Mumble用户界面应该使用哪种主题设置样式</b><br />Mumble将从某些目录中获取主题并将其显示在此列表中。 您选择的那个将用于自定义Mumble的视觉外观。 这包括颜色，图标等。</translation> + <translation><b>配置 Mumble 界面应该使用哪种主题设置样式</b><br />Mumble 将从特定目录中获取主题并将其显示在此列表中。您选择的主题将用于自定义 Mumble 的外观，包括颜色、图标等。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>User Dragging</source> - <translation>拖动用户</translation> + <translation>用户拖动</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This changes the behavior when moving users.</source> - <translation>改变移动一个用户时的行为。</translation> + <translation>改变移动用户时的行为。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This sets the behavior of user drags; it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. <i>Move</i> moves the user without prompting. <i>Do Nothing</i> does nothing and prints an error message. <i>Ask</i> uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the user.</source> - <translation>设置当一个用户被拖动时的行为，可以防止意外的拖动。<i>移动</i> 立刻移动用户而不需要任何确认；<i>无动作</i> 不做任何改变并显示一个错误信息。<i>询问</i> 弹出一个消息框以确认是否要移动用户。</translation> + <translation>设置用户被拖动时的行为，用于防止意外的拖动。<i>移动</i>表示立刻移动用户而不需要任何确认。<i>无动作</i>表示不做任何改变并显示一条错误消息。<i>询问</i>表示弹出一个消息框以确认您是否确实要移动用户。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>Enable Developer menu</b><br />This enables the "Developer"-menu in Mumble. This menu is used for developer-specific features, such as the Developer Console.</source> - <translation><b>启用开发者菜单</b><br />这将在Mumble中启用“开发人员”菜单。此菜单用于特定于开发人员的功能，例如开发者控制台。</translation> + <translation><b>启用开发者菜单</b><br />Mumble 将启用“开发者”菜单。此菜单用于开发者使用的功能，例如开发者控制台。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -4734,7 +4725,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location/> <source>When in custom layout mode, checking this disables rearranging.</source> - <translation>在自定义布局模式下，选中此选项将禁用重新排列。</translation> + <translation>在自定义布局模式下，选中此选项将禁止重新排列。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -4745,13 +4736,13 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <context> <name>MainWindow</name> <message> - <location filename="MainWindow.cpp" line="+107"/> - <location line="+2702"/> + <location filename="MainWindow.cpp" line="+109"/> + <location line="+2744"/> <source>Root</source> - <translation>根</translation> + <translation>Root</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="-2645"/> + <location line="-2684"/> <source>Push-to-Talk</source> <comment>Global Shortcut</comment> <translation>按键发言</translation> @@ -4760,13 +4751,13 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <location line="+2"/> <source>Push and hold this button to send voice.</source> <comment>Global Shortcut</comment> - <translation>当按钮保持按下状态时发送声音。</translation> + <translation>按住此按钮时发送语音。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>This configures the push-to-talk button, and as long as you hold this button down, you will transmit voice.</source> <comment>Global Shortcut</comment> - <translation>设置“按键发言”按钮，只要按下这个按钮，就会发送声音。</translation> + <translation>设置“按键发言”按钮，只要按住这个按钮，就会发送您的语音。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+3"/> @@ -4778,7 +4769,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <location line="+13"/> <source>Unlink Plugin</source> <comment>Global Shortcut</comment> - <translation>取消插件的链接</translation> + <translation>取消链接插件</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+3"/> @@ -4790,37 +4781,37 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <location line="+3"/> <source>Join Channel</source> <comment>Global Shortcut</comment> - <translation>进入频道</translation> + <translation>加入频道</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+4"/> <source>Toggle Overlay</source> <comment>Global Shortcut</comment> - <translation>切换Overlay</translation> + <translation>开关游戏内界面</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>Toggle state of in-game overlay.</source> <comment>Global Shortcut</comment> - <translation>切换游戏里的overlay状态。</translation> + <translation>开关游戏内界面显示状态。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+4"/> <source>Toggle Minimal</source> <comment>Global Shortcut</comment> - <translation>切换简洁视图模式</translation> + <translation>开关简洁视图</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+3"/> <source>Volume Up (+10%)</source> <comment>Global Shortcut</comment> - <translation>声音调大(10%)</translation> + <translation>音量增大（10%）</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+3"/> <source>Volume Down (-10%)</source> <comment>Global Shortcut</comment> - <translation>声音调小(-10%)</translation> + <translation>音量减小（10%）</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="MainWindow.ui"/> @@ -4829,13 +4820,13 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe </message> <message> <location filename="MainWindow.cpp" line="+4"/> - <location line="+159"/> - <location line="+2639"/> + <location line="+168"/> + <location line="+2669"/> <source>Mumble -- %1</source> - <translation>Mumble——%1</translation> + <translation>Mumble - %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="-2767"/> + <location line="-2797"/> <source>&Window</source> <translation>窗口(&W)</translation> </message> @@ -4858,59 +4849,59 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location line="-1"/> <source>Mumble is currently connected to a server. Do you want to Close or Minimize it?</source> - <translation>Mumble正在链接到服务器。你确定要关闭或者最小化吗？</translation> + <translation>Mumble 已连接到服务器。您要关闭或者最小化吗？</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="-252"/> + <location line="-261"/> <source>Mute Self</source> <comment>Global Shortcut</comment> - <translation>关闭自己的麦克风</translation> + <translation>开关自己的麦克风</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>Set self-mute status.</source> <comment>Global Shortcut</comment> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>设置自己麦克风的开关状态。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>This will set or toggle your muted status. If you turn this off, you will also disable self-deafen.</source> <comment>Global Shortcut</comment> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>开启或关闭自己的麦克风。如果您打开麦克风，同时也会打开扬声器。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>Deafen Self</source> <comment>Global Shortcut</comment> - <translation>关闭自己的扬声器</translation> + <translation>开关自己的扬声器</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>Set self-deafen status.</source> <comment>Global Shortcut</comment> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>设置自己扬声器的开关状态。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>This will set or toggle your deafened status. If you turn this on, you will also enable self-mute.</source> <comment>Global Shortcut</comment> - <translation>设置或者切换你的扬声器状态。这个状态不会影响你的麦克风状态。</translation> + <translation>开启或关闭自己的扬声器。如果您关闭扬声器，同时也会关闭麦克风。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+31"/> <source>Whisper/Shout</source> <oldsource>Whisper</oldsource> - <translation>悄悄话/大喊</translation> + <translation>密语/呼喊</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="+79"/> - <location line="+2798"/> + <location line="+88"/> + <location line="+2829"/> <source><center>Not connected</center></source> <oldsource>Not connected</oldsource> <translation><center>未连接</center></translation> </message> <message> - <location line="-2350"/> + <location line="-2381"/> <source>Clear</source> <translation>清空</translation> </message> @@ -4937,17 +4928,17 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location line="+6"/> <source>URL scheme is not 'mumble'</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>URL 协议不是“mumble”</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+26"/> <source>This version of Mumble can't handle URLs for Mumble version %1.%2.%3</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>当前版本的 Mumble 无法处理用于 Mumble %1.%2.%3 的 URL</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+36"/> <source>Connecting to %1</source> - <translation>连接到 %1</translation> + <translation>正在连接 %1</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+0"/> @@ -4958,40 +4949,41 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <location line="+15"/> <location line="+221"/> <source>Connecting to server %1.</source> - <translation>连接到服务器 %1 。</translation> + <translation>正在连接服务器 %1 。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+10"/> <source>Reconnecting.</source> - <translation>重新连接。</translation> + <translation>正在重新连接。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+76"/> <location line="+1498"/> + <location line="+22"/> <source>Transmit Mode set to Continuous</source> - <translation>传输模式设置为连续</translation> + <translation>传输模式设置为连续发言</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="-1397"/> + <location line="-1419"/> <source><p>%1 (%2)<br />%3</p></source> - <translation><p>%1 (%2)<br />%3</p></translation> + <translation><p>%1（%2）<br />%3</p></translation> </message> <message> <location line="+69"/> <source><h2>Voice channel</h2><p>Encrypted with 128 bit OCB-AES128<br />%1 ms average latency (%4 deviation)</p></source> - <translation><h2>声音频道</h2><p>使用128位的OCB-AES128算法加密<br />%1 毫秒平均延迟(%4 偏差)</p></translation> + <translation><h2>语音信道</h2><p>使用 128 位 OCB-AES128 算法加密<br />平均延迟 %1 毫秒（%4 误差）</p></translation> </message> <message> <location line="-180"/> <location line="+449"/> <source>Register yourself as %1</source> - <translation>将你自己注册为 %1</translation> + <translation>以 %1 身份注册自己</translation> </message> <message> <location line="-449"/> <location line="+449"/> <source><p>You are about to register yourself on this server. This action cannot be undone, and your username cannot be changed once this is done. You will forever be known as '%1' on this server.</p><p>Are you sure you want to register yourself?</p></source> - <translation><p>你将要在服务器上注册，这个操作无法撤销，用户名注册后无法修改，%1将一直作为你的用户名。</p><p>确认继续注册自己？</p></translation> + <translation><p>您将要在服务器上注册自己，此操作无法撤销，用户名注册后无法修改，“%1”将一直作为您在此服务器的用户名。</p><p>确认注册自己？</p></translation> </message> <message> <location line="-343"/> @@ -5001,37 +4993,37 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location line="+3"/> <source><p>No build information or OS version available</p></source> - <translation><p>没有构建信息或操作系统版本可用</p></translation> + <translation><p>无可用的构建信息或操作系统版本</p></translation> </message> <message> <location line="+18"/> <source>The connection is encrypted and authenticated using %1 and uses %2 as the key exchange mechanism (%3)</source> - <translation>连接使用%1进行加密和身份验证，并使用%2作为密钥交换机制(%3)</translation> + <translation>该连接使用 %1 算法进行加密和身份认证，并使用 %2 作为密钥交换机制（%3）</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+7"/> <source>The connection is encrypted using %1, with %2 for message authentication and %3 as the key exchange mechanism (%4)</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>该连接使用 %1 算法进行加密，使用 %2 进行消息认证，并使用 %3 作为密钥交换机制（%4）</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+11"/> <source>The connection is secured by the cipher suite that OpenSSL identifies as %1</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>该连接由 OpenSSL 标识为 %1 的密码套件保护</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+6"/> <source><p>The connection provides perfect forward secrecy</p></source> - <translation><p>该连接提供了完美的前向保密</p></translation> + <translation><p>该连接已提供完美的前向安全性</p></translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source><p>The connection does not provide perfect forward secrecy</p></source> - <translation><p>该连接不提供完美的前向保密</p></translation> + <translation><p>该连接未提供完美的前向安全性</p></translation> </message> <message> <location line="+4"/> <source><h2>Control channel</h2><p>The connection uses %1</p>%2%3<p>%4 ms average latency (%5 deviation)</p><p>Remote host %6 (port %7)</p></source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation><h2>控制信道</h2><p>该连接使用 %1</p>%2%3<p>平均延迟 %4 毫秒（%5 误差）</p><p>远程主机 %6（端口 %7）</p></translation> </message> <message> <location line="+21"/> @@ -5046,7 +5038,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location line="+0"/> <source><p>You are about to register %1 on the server. This action cannot be undone, the username cannot be changed, and as a registered user, %1 will have access to the server even if you change the server password.</p><p>From this point on, %1 will be authenticated with the certificate currently in use.</p><p>Are you sure you want to register %1?</p></source> - <translation><p>你将注册 %1 到这个服务器上。这个操作无法被撤销，而且这个用户名一旦注册将无法被改变， %1 将一直作为你的用户名，即使你修改服务器密码。</p><p>基于这一点，需要认证%1是否正在被使用。</p><p>确定注册为 %1 ？</p></translation> + <translation><p>您将要在服务器上注册 %1。此操作无法撤销，用户名注册后无法修改，作为已注册用户，%1 将一直可以加入此服务器，即使您修改了服务器密码。</p><p>从此之后，%1 将通过当前使用的证书进行身份认证。</p><p>确认注册 %1 ？</p></translation> </message> <message> <location line="+40"/> @@ -5061,14 +5053,14 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location line="+61"/> <source>View comment on user %1</source> - <translation>浏览用户%1的说明</translation> + <translation>浏览用户 %1 的简介</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+76"/> <location line="+270"/> - <location line="+611"/> + <location line="+641"/> <source>Message to channel %1</source> - <translation>发送消息到频道 %1</translation> + <translation>向频道 %1 发送消息</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+65"/> @@ -5078,22 +5070,22 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location line="+112"/> <source><li>Expected certificate digest (SHA-1): %1</li></source> - <translation><li>预期证书摘要(SHA-1): %1</li></translation> + <translation><li>预期证书摘要（SHA-1）： %1</li></translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>Server presented a certificate which failed verification.</source> - <translation>服务器提供了验证失败的证书。</translation> + <translation>服务器提供的证书验证失败。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+7"/> <source><p>%1</p><ul>%2</ul><p>The specific errors with this certificate are:</p><ol>%3</ol><p>Do you wish to accept this certificate anyway?<br />(It will also be stored so you won't be asked this again.)</p></source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation><p>%1</p><ul>%2</ul><p>此证书的具体错误为：</p><ol>%3</ol><p>您仍希望接受此证书吗？<br />（此信任会被保存，您只会被询问这一次。）</p></translation> </message> <message> <location line="+24"/> <source>SSL Version mismatch</source> - <translation>SSL版本不匹配</translation> + <translation>SSL 版本不匹配</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+67"/> @@ -5101,28 +5093,28 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <translation>连接服务器失败。</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="+80"/> + <location line="+81"/> <source><center>Type message to channel '%1' here</center></source> <oldsource>Type message to channel '%1' here</oldsource> - <translation><center>在这里输入发送到频道 '%1' 的信息</center></translation> + <translation><center>在此输入发送到频道“%1”的消息</center></translation> </message> <message> <location line="+3"/> <source><center>Type message to user '%1' here</center></source> <oldsource>Type message to user '%1' here</oldsource> - <translation><center>在这里输入发送给用户 '%1' 的信息</center></translation> + <translation><center>在此输入发送给用户“%1”的消息</center></translation> </message> <message> <location line="+101"/> <source>Choose image file</source> - <translation>选择图像文件</translation> + <translation>选择图片文件</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+7"/> <location line="+17"/> <location line="+9"/> <source>Failed to load image</source> - <translation>读取图像失败</translation> + <translation>读取图片失败</translation> </message> <message> <location line="-26"/> @@ -5133,10 +5125,10 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <location line="+17"/> <location line="+9"/> <source>Image format not recognized.</source> - <translation>无法识别图像格式。</translation> + <translation>无法识别图片格式。</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="-3104"/> + <location line="-3147"/> <source>&User</source> <translation>用户(&U)</translation> </message> @@ -5146,17 +5138,17 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <translation>频道(&C)</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="+62"/> + <location line="+65"/> <location line="+26"/> <source>Use in conjunction with Whisper to.</source> <comment>Global Shortcut</comment> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>与密语一同使用。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="-21"/> <source>This will switch the states of the in-game overlay.</source> <comment>Global Shortcut</comment> - <translation>这将切换游戏内叠加层的状态。</translation> + <translation>切换游戏内界面的状态。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+19"/> @@ -5168,7 +5160,25 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <location line="+4"/> <source>Cycle Transmit Mode</source> <comment>Global Shortcut</comment> - <translation>循环传输模式</translation> + <translation>循环切换传输模式</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+3"/> + <source>Set Transmit Mode to Push-To-Talk</source> + <comment>Global Shortcut</comment> + <translation>设置传输模式为按键发言</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+3"/> + <source>Set Transmit Mode to Continuous</source> + <comment>Global Shortcut</comment> + <translation>设置传输模式为连续发言</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+3"/> + <source>Set Transmit Mode to VAD</source> + <comment>Global Shortcut</comment> + <translation>设置传输模式为语音激活</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+3"/> @@ -5186,12 +5196,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <location line="+2"/> <source>This will send your Clipboard content to the channel you are currently in.</source> <comment>Global Shortcut</comment> - <translation>这会将您的剪贴板内容发送到您当前所在的频道。</translation> + <translation>将您的剪贴板内容发送到当前所在的频道。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+88"/> <source>Continuous</source> - <translation>连续</translation> + <translation>连续发言</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> @@ -5206,7 +5216,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location line="+49"/> <source>Mumble - Minimal View -- %1</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>Mumble - 简洁视图 -- %1</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+62"/> @@ -5216,44 +5226,46 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location line="+305"/> <source>Save Image As...</source> - <translation>保存图像为...</translation> + <translation>保存图片为...</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+15"/> <source>Save Image File</source> - <translation>保存图像文件</translation> + <translation>保存图片文件</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+18"/> <source>Could not save image: %1</source> - <translation>无法保存图像: %1</translation> + <translation>无法保存图片：%1</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+418"/> <source>Change your comment</source> - <translation>修改你的说明</translation> + <translation>修改您的简介</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+41"/> <location line="+1485"/> + <location line="+40"/> <source>Transmit Mode set to Voice Activity</source> <translation>传输模式设置为语音激活</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="-1480"/> + <location line="-1520"/> <location line="+1484"/> + <location line="+16"/> <source>Transmit Mode set to Push-to-Talk</source> <translation>传输模式设置为按键发言</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="-1332"/> + <location line="-1348"/> <source><p>Connected users: %1/%2</p></source> - <translation><p>已连接的用户: %1/%2</p></translation> + <translation><p>已连接用户：%1/%2</p></translation> </message> <message> <location line="+15"/> <source>UDP Statistics</source> - <translation>UDP统计</translation> + <translation>UDP 统计</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+0"/> @@ -5268,7 +5280,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location line="+0"/> <source>Good</source> - <translation>好</translation> + <translation>良好</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+0"/> @@ -5288,7 +5300,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location line="+4"/> <source><h2>Audio bandwidth</h2><p>Maximum %1 kbit/s<br />Current %2 kbit/s<br />Codec: %3</p></source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation><h2>音频带宽</h2><p>最大 %1 千比特/秒<br />当前 %2 千比特/秒<br />编解码器：%3</p></translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> @@ -5297,12 +5309,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe </message> <message> <location line="+4"/> - <location line="+1524"/> + <location line="+1554"/> <source>&View Certificate</source> - <translation>显示证书(&V)</translation> + <translation>查看证书(&V)</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="-1230"/> + <location line="-1260"/> <location line="+19"/> <source>Enter reason</source> <translation>输入原因</translation> @@ -5310,63 +5322,63 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location line="+22"/> <source>Sending message to %1</source> - <translation>正在向 %1 发送信息</translation> + <translation>正在向 %1 发送消息</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+12"/> <location line="+103"/> <location line="+4"/> <location line="+266"/> - <location line="+611"/> + <location line="+641"/> <source>To %1: %2</source> - <translation>到 %1: %2</translation> + <translation>至 %1：%2</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="-984"/> + <location line="-1014"/> <location line="+107"/> <source>Message to %1</source> - <translation>发送消息给 %1</translation> + <translation>向 %1 发送消息</translation> </message> <message> <location line="-64"/> <source>Are you sure you want to reset the comment of user %1?</source> - <translation>你确定要重置用户 %1 的说明？</translation> + <translation>确定要重置用户 %1 的简介？</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+16"/> <source>Are you sure you want to reset the avatar of user %1?</source> - <translation>你确定要重置用户 %1 的头像？</translation> + <translation>确定要重置用户 %1 的头像？</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+232"/> <source>Are you sure you want to delete %1 and all its sub-channels?</source> - <translation>你确定要删除 %1 及其所有子频道？</translation> + <translation>确定要删除 %1 及其所有子频道？</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+71"/> <source>Sending message to channel %1</source> - <translation>发送信息到频道%1</translation> + <translation>正在向频道 %1 发送消息</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+9"/> <source>Message to tree %1</source> - <translation>信息到树 %1</translation> + <translation>向频道树 %1 发送消息</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+0"/> <source>To %1 (Tree): %2</source> <oldsource>(Tree) %1: %2</oldsource> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>至 %1（频道树）：%2</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+173"/> <source>Unmuted and undeafened.</source> - <translation>打开扬声器和麦克风。</translation> + <translation>开启麦克风和扬声器。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>Unmuted.</source> - <translation>打开麦克风。</translation> + <translation>开启麦克风。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> @@ -5386,17 +5398,17 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location line="+3"/> <source>Undeafened.</source> - <translation>打开扬声器。</translation> + <translation>开启扬声器。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+47"/> <source>Restart Mumble?</source> - <translation>重新启动Mumble？</translation> + <translation>重新启动 Mumble？</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>Some settings will only apply after a restart of Mumble. Restart Mumble now?</source> - <translation>某些设置仅在重启Mumble后才适用。 现在重启Mumble？</translation> + <translation>某些设置仅在重启 Mumble 后才应用。现在重启 Mumble 吗？</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+51"/> @@ -5404,24 +5416,24 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <translation>关于 Qt</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="+469"/> + <location line="+499"/> <source>SSL Verification failed: %1</source> - <translation>SSL认证失败：%1</translation> + <translation>SSL 验证失败：%1</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+5"/> <source><li>Server certificate digest (SHA-1): %1</li></source> - <translation><li>服务器证书摘要(SHA-1): %1</li></translation> + <translation><li>服务器证书摘要（SHA-1）： %1</li></translation> </message> <message> <location line="+3"/> <source><b>WARNING:</b> The server presented a certificate that was different from the stored one.</source> - <translation><b>警告：</b> 服务器的现有证书和已存储的证书不一致。</translation> + <translation><b>警告：</b>服务器现有证书与已保存的证书不一致。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+34"/> <source>This server is using an older encryption standard, and is no longer supported by modern versions of Mumble.</source> - <translation>服务器使用了一个早期的加密标准，当前版本的Mumble所不支持该标准。</translation> + <translation>此服务器使用了一个早期的加密标准，当前版本 Mumble 已不支持该标准。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+6"/> @@ -5432,18 +5444,18 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <message> <location line="-57"/> <source>Disconnected from server.</source> - <translation>断开到服务器的连接。</translation> + <translation>从服务器断开连接。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+11"/> - <location filename="Messages.cpp" line="+70"/> + <location filename="Messages.cpp" line="+72"/> <source>Invalid username</source> - <translation>无效的用户名</translation> + <translation>用户名无效</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>You connected with an invalid username, please try another one.</source> - <translation>你以一个无效的用户名连接，请尝试其他用户名。</translation> + <translation>您正以无效的用户名连接，请尝试其他用户名。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+4"/> @@ -5467,7 +5479,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <source>Wrong certificate or password for registered user. If you are certain this user is protected by a password please retry. Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source> - <translation>已注册用户的证书或者密码错误。如果你确实输入了一个被密码保护的用户名，请重试。否则请退出并查看你的证书和用户名。</translation> + <translation>已注册用户的证书或者密码错误。如果您的确是被密码保护的用户，请重试。否则请退出并检查您的证书与用户名。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+7"/> @@ -5478,18 +5490,18 @@ Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>Wrong server password for unregistered user account, please try again.</source> - <translation>未注册用户输入了错误的密码，请重试。</translation> + <translation>未注册用户输入的密码错误，请重试。</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="-2239"/> - <location line="+2451"/> + <location line="-2269"/> + <location line="+2482"/> <source>Images (*.png *.jpg *.jpeg)</source> - <translation>图像 (*.png *.jpg *.jpeg)</translation> + <translation>图片文件 (*.png *.jpg *.jpeg)</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="MainWindow.ui"/> <source>C&onfigure</source> - <translation>配置(&o)</translation> + <translation>配置(&O)</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -5499,12 +5511,12 @@ Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source> <message> <location/> <source>Log</source> - <translation>记录</translation> + <translation>日志</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This shows all recent activity. Connecting to servers, errors and information messages all show up here.<br />To configure exactly which messages show up here, use the <b>Settings</b> command from the menu.</source> - <translation>这里显示所有最近的活动。连接到服务器、错误和信息、消息等都将显示在这里。<br />如果要设置这里显示的信息，请在菜单里选择<b>Settings</b>命令。</translation> + <translation>显示所有最近的动态。连接到服务器、错误和信息等消息都将显示在这里。<br />如果要设置这里显示的信息，请在菜单里选择<b>设置</b>命令。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -5529,7 +5541,7 @@ Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source> <message> <location/> <source>Open the server connection dialog</source> - <translation>打开一个服务器连接对话框</translation> + <translation>打开服务器连接对话框</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -5539,12 +5551,12 @@ Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source> <message> <location/> <source>Disconnect from server</source> - <translation>断开到服务器的连接</translation> + <translation>从服务器断开连接</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Disconnects you from the server.</source> - <translation>断开你到服务器的连接。</translation> + <translation>从服务器断开您的连接。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -5554,37 +5566,37 @@ Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source> <message> <location/> <source>This will show extended information about the connection to the server.</source> - <translation>显示服务器连接的扩展信息。</translation> + <translation>显示关于服务器连接的扩展信息。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>&Mute</source> - <translation>关闭麦克风(&M)</translation> + <translation>禁言(&M)</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>&Deafen</source> - <translation>关闭扬声器(&D)</translation> + <translation>禁听(&D)</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>&Local Mute</source> - <translation>关闭本地麦克风(&L)</translation> + <translation>本地屏蔽(&L)</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Send a Text Message</source> - <translation>发送一个文字信息</translation> + <translation>发送一条文字消息</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Sends a text message to another user.</source> - <translation>发送一个文字信息给其他用户。</translation> + <translation>向其他用户发送一条文字消息。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Add new channel</source> - <translation>添加一个新的频道</translation> + <translation>添加新频道</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -5599,32 +5611,32 @@ Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source> <message> <location/> <source>This removes a channel and all sub-channels.</source> - <translation>删除一个频道和所有子频道。</translation> + <translation>删除一个频道及其所有子频道。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Edit Groups and ACL for channel</source> - <translation>编辑频道的分组和ACL</translation> + <translation>编辑频道的分组和 ACL</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This opens the Group and ACL dialog for the channel, to control permissions.</source> - <translation>打开频道的分组和ACL对话框，控制属性。</translation> + <translation>打开频道的分组和 ACL 对话框，以控制权限。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>&Link</source> - <translation>连接(&L)</translation> + <translation>链接(&L)</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Link your channel to another channel</source> - <translation>将你的频道链接到其他频道</translation> + <translation>将您的频道链接到其他频道</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This is the chatbar<br />If you enter text here and then press enter the text is sent to the user or channel that was selected. If nothing is selected the message is sent to your current channel.</source> - <translation>这个是一个聊天栏<br />如果你在这里输入文字并且点击回车，文字将被发送到你选择的用户或者频道。如果没有选择将会发送到你当前的频道。</translation> + <translation>这里是聊天栏<br />如果您在这里输入文字并且按下回车，文字将会被发送到您选中的用户或频道。如果未选择，则会发送到当前频道。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -5634,63 +5646,63 @@ Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source> <message> <location/> <source>Shows a dialog of registered servers, and also allows quick-connect.</source> - <translation>显示一个已注册的服务器的对话框，而且可以进行快速连接。</translation> + <translation>显示已注册服务器对话框，可以在此进行快速连接。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Kick user (with reason)</source> - <translation>踢出用户(包含原因)</translation> + <translation>踢出用户（包含原因）</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Kick selected user off server. You'll be asked to specify a reason.</source> - <translation>将选择的用户踢出服务器。你将被要求输入一个原因。</translation> + <translation>将选中的用户踢出服务器。您必须输入一条原因。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Mute user</source> - <translation>关闭用户麦克风</translation> + <translation>禁言用户</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Mute or unmute user on server. Unmuting a deafened user will also undeafen them.</source> - <translation>关闭或者打开服务器上用户的麦克风。打开一个关闭了扬声器的用户的麦克风时也会同时打开他的扬声器。</translation> + <translation>关闭或开启服务器上用户的麦克风。为一名已关闭扬声器的用户开启麦克风也会同时开启他的扬声器。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Kick and ban user (with reason)</source> - <translation>踢出并且Ban 用户(包含原因)</translation> + <translation>踢出并且封禁用户（包含原因）</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Kick and ban selected user from server. You'll be asked to specify a reason.</source> - <translation>将一个所选的用户从服务器踢出并封禁。你需要输入一个理由。</translation> + <translation>将所选的用户从服务器踢出并封禁。您必须输入一条原因。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Deafen user</source> - <translation>关闭用户扬声器</translation> + <translation>禁听用户</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Deafen or undeafen user on server. Deafening a user will also mute them.</source> - <translation>从服务器上关闭用户的扬声器。关闭一个用户的扬声器也会同时关闭他的麦克风。</translation> + <translation>关闭或开启服务器用户的扬声器。为一名用户关闭扬声器也会同时关闭他的麦克风。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Mute user locally</source> - <translation>关闭用户本地麦克风</translation> + <translation>仅在本地屏蔽用户</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Mute or unmute user locally. Use this on other users in the same room.</source> - <translation>关闭或开启用户本地麦克风。对同一房间的其他用户使用。</translation> + <translation>仅在本地屏蔽或解禁用户的麦克风。需要对同一频道的其他用户使用。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This links your current channel to the selected channel. If users in a channel have permission to speak in the other channel, users can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link.</source> <oldsource>This links your current channel to the selected channel. If they have permission to speak in the other channel, users can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link.</oldsource> - <translation>这会将您当前的频道链接到所选频道。 如果频道中的用户有权在其他频道中发言，则用户现在可以互相听到对方的声音。 这是一个永久链接，将持续到手动取消链接或服务器重新启动。 请参阅按键链接的快捷方式。</translation> + <translation>将您当前的频道链接到所选频道。如果频道中的用户有权在另一个频道中发言，则用户可以互相听到彼此的声音。这是一个永久链接，将持续到手动取消链接或服务器重新启动。请参阅按键链接的快捷键。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -5701,22 +5713,22 @@ Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source> <message> <location/> <source>Unlink your channel from another channel</source> - <translation>取消你的频道到其他频道的链接</translation> + <translation>取消您的频道与其他频道的链接</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This unlinks your current channel from the selected channel.</source> - <translation>取消你的频道到所选频道的链接。</translation> + <translation>取消您的当前频道与所选频道的链接。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Unlinks your channel from all linked channels.</source> - <translation>取消从你的频道到所有已链接频道的链接。</translation> + <translation>取消您的频道与所有已链接频道的链接。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This unlinks your current channel (not the selected one) from all linked channels.</source> - <translation>取消从你的频道到所有已经链接的频道(不仅是选择的一个)的链接。</translation> + <translation>取消您的频道到所有已链接的频道（而非仅已选频道）的链接。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -5726,17 +5738,17 @@ Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source> <message> <location/> <source>Reset audio preprocessor</source> - <translation>重置音频预处理程序</translation> + <translation>重置音频预处理器</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This will reset the audio preprocessor, including noise cancellation, automatic gain and voice activity detection. If something suddenly worsens the audio environment (like dropping the microphone) and it was temporary, use this to avoid having to wait for the preprocessor to readjust.</source> - <translation>这将重置音频预处理器，包括噪声消除，自动增益和语音活动检测。 如果某些东西突然恶化了音频环境(比如放下麦克风)并且它是暂时的，请使用它来避免等待预处理器重新调整。</translation> + <translation>这将重置音频预处理器，包括噪声消除，自动增益和语音活动检测。如果某些因素突然暂时恶化了音频环境（例如麦克风摔落），可以使用此功能避免等待预处理器重新调整。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>&Mute Self</source> - <translation>关闭自己麦克风(&M)</translation> + <translation>关闭自己的麦克风(&M)</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -5746,7 +5758,7 @@ Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source> <message> <location/> <source>Mute or unmute yourself. When muted, you will not send any data to the server. Unmuting while deafened will also undeafen.</source> - <translation>打开或关闭你的麦克风。当关闭时你将不会向服务器发送任何数据。打开麦克风时也将同时打开扬声器。</translation> + <translation>关闭或开启您自己的麦克风。当麦克风被关闭时，您将不会向服务器发送任何数据。开启麦克风也会同时开启扬声器。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -5761,7 +5773,7 @@ Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source> <message> <location/> <source>Deafen or undeafen yourself. When deafened, you will not hear anything. Deafening yourself will also mute.</source> - <translation>打开或关闭你自己的扬声器。当扬声器被关闭时，你无法听到任何东西。关闭你自己的扬声器也会同时关闭你的麦克风。</translation> + <translation>关闭或开启您自己的扬声器。当扬声器被关闭时，您无法听到任何谈话。关闭扬声器也会同时关闭麦克风。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -5771,12 +5783,12 @@ Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source> <message> <location/> <source>Toggle Text-To-Speech</source> - <translation>切换语音播报</translation> + <translation>开关语音播报</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Enable or disable the text-to-speech engine. Only messages enabled for TTS in the Configuration dialog will actually be spoken.</source> - <translation>启用或禁用文字转语音引擎。 实际上只会说出“配置”对话框中为TTS启用的消息。</translation> + <translation>启用或禁用文字转语音引擎。只有在“配置”对话框中启用语音播报的消息才会被实际朗读。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -5786,17 +5798,17 @@ Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source> <message> <location/> <source>Pops up a small dialog with information about your current audio input.</source> - <translation>弹出一个关于你当前音频输入的小对话框。</translation> + <translation>弹出关于您当前音频输入的对话框。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Forcibly unlink plugin</source> - <translation>强制取消插件的链接</translation> + <translation>强制取消链接插件</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This forces the current plugin to unlink, which is handy if it is reading completely wrong data.</source> - <translation>取消当前插件的链接。当插件数据读取错误时非常方便。</translation> + <translation>强制当前插件取消链接。在插件数据读取错误时非常方便。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -5806,7 +5818,7 @@ Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source> <message> <location/> <source>Allows you to change most settings for Mumble.</source> - <translation>允许你改变Mumble的大多数设置</translation> + <translation>允许您更改 Mumble 的大多数设置。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -5816,7 +5828,7 @@ Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source> <message> <location/> <source>This will guide you through the process of configuring your audio hardware.</source> - <translation>这将指导你配置你的音频硬件。</translation> + <translation>指导您配置您的音频硬件。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -5826,12 +5838,12 @@ Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source> <message> <location/> <source>Enter What's This? mode</source> - <translation>进入 这是什么? 模式</translation> + <translation>进入“这是什么?”模式</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Click this to enter "What's This?" mode. Your cursor will turn into a question mark. Click on any button, menu choice or area to show a description of what it is.</source> - <translation>点击进入 “这是什么？”模式。你的鼠标会带有一个询问标记。点击其他的按钮、菜单中选择需要显示说明的区域。</translation> + <translation>点击进入“这是什么？”模式。您的鼠标会变成问号形状。点击其他的按钮、菜单选项或者其他区域以显示对应内容的帮助。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -5841,7 +5853,7 @@ Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source> <message> <location/> <source>Shows a small dialog with information and license for Mumble.</source> - <translation>显示一个包含了Mumble 信息和许可的对话框。</translation> + <translation>显示包含 Mumble 信息和许可的对话框。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -5851,7 +5863,7 @@ Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source> <message> <location/> <source>Shows a small dialog with information about Speex.</source> - <translation>显示一个关于Speex的小对话框。</translation> + <translation>显示包含 Speex 信息的对话框。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -5861,7 +5873,7 @@ Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source> <message> <location/> <source>Shows a small dialog with information about Qt.</source> - <translation>显示一个关于 QT 的信息的小对话框。</translation> + <translation>显示包含 QT 信息的对话框。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -5876,32 +5888,32 @@ Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source> <message> <location/> <source>Connects to the Mumble webpage to check if a new version is available, and notifies you with an appropriate download URL if this is the case.</source> - <translation>连接到Mumble主页查找是否有可用的新版本，并以提示的方式发送下载地址。</translation> + <translation>连接到 Mumble 网站，查找是否有可用的新版本，并通知您一个可用的下载地址。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Sends a text message to all users in a channel.</source> - <translation>发送文字信息给频道中的所有人。</translation> + <translation>向频道中的所有人发送文字消息。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Configure certificates for strong authentication</source> - <translation>设置证书为强验证模式</translation> + <translation>配置证书进行强认证</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This starts the wizard for creating, importing and exporting certificates for authentication against servers.</source> - <translation>开始证书向导，导入或者到处服务器验证的证书。</translation> + <translation>开始证书向导，进行创建、导入或导出用于服务器认证的证书。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Register user on server</source> - <translation>主儿测用户到服务器</translation> + <translation>在服务器上注册用户</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This will permanently register the user on the server.</source> - <translation>将永久注册用户到服务器。</translation> + <translation>在此服务器上永久注册用户。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -5911,12 +5923,12 @@ Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source> <message> <location/> <source>Adds a user as your friend.</source> - <translation>添加一个用户为你的好友。</translation> + <translation>添加一名用户为您的好友。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This will add the user as a friend, so you can recognize him on this and other servers.</source> - <translation>这将添加一个用户为你的好友，以便你可以在这个服务器和其他服务器找到他。</translation> + <translation>添加一名用户为您的好友，使您可以在此服务器和其他服务器认出他。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -5926,12 +5938,12 @@ Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source> <message> <location/> <source>Removes a user from your friends.</source> - <translation>从你的好友中删除一个用户。</translation> + <translation>从您的好友中删除一名用户。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This will remove a user from your friends list.</source> - <translation>将一个用户从你的好友列表删除。</translation> + <translation>从您的好友列表中删除一名用户。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -5941,12 +5953,12 @@ Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source> <message> <location/> <source>Update name of your friend.</source> - <translation>更新好友的名字。</translation> + <translation>更新好友的名称。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Your friend uses a different name than what is in your database. This will update the name.</source> - <translation>你的好用使用了一个和你的数据库中不同的名字。这将更新这个名字。</translation> + <translation>您的好友使用的名称与您的数据库存储不同。此功能将更新此名称。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -5956,12 +5968,12 @@ Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source> <message> <location/> <source>This opens the editor for registered users, which allow you to change their name or unregister them.</source> - <translation>打开一个已注册用户的编辑器，允许你改变已注册用户的名称或者取消他们的注册。</translation> + <translation>打开已注册用户编辑器，允许您修改已注册用户的名称或者取消他们的注册。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Add or remove text-based access tokens</source> - <translation>添加或删除一个基于字母的令牌</translation> + <translation>添加或删除文本形式的访问令牌</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -5971,32 +5983,32 @@ Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source> <message> <location/> <source>Toggle minimal window modes</source> - <translation>切换简洁视图模式</translation> + <translation>开关简洁视图模式</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This will toggle minimal mode, where the log window and menu is hidden.</source> - <translation>切换到简洁视图模式，记录窗口和菜单将被隐藏。</translation> + <translation>开关简洁视图模式，日志窗口和菜单将被隐藏。</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="Messages.cpp" line="+416"/> <source>You muted and deafened %1.</source> - <translation>你关闭了 %1 的麦克风和扬声器。</translation> + <translation>您关闭了 %1 的麦克风和扬声器。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>You unmuted and undeafened %1.</source> - <translation>你打开了 %1 的麦克风和扬声器。</translation> + <translation>您开启了 %1 的麦克风和扬声器。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+11"/> <source>You undeafened %1.</source> - <translation>你打开了 %1 的扬声器。</translation> + <translation>您开启了 %1 的扬声器。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+7"/> <source>You suppressed %1.</source> - <translation>你禁止了 %1 。</translation> + <translation>您禁言了 %1。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+7"/> @@ -6006,88 +6018,88 @@ Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>%1 unmuted and undeafened by %2.</source> - <translation>%2 打开了 %1 的麦克风和扬声器。</translation> + <translation>%2 开启了 %1 的麦克风和扬声器。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+11"/> <source>%1 undeafened by %2.</source> - <translation>%2 打开了 %1 的扬声器。</translation> + <translation>%2 开启了 %1 的扬声器。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+7"/> <source>%1 suppressed by %2.</source> - <translation>%2 禁止了 %1 。</translation> + <translation>%1 被 %2 禁言。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="-214"/> <source>%1 moved to %2.</source> - <translation>%1 移动到 %2 。</translation> + <translation>%1 移动到 %2。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+12"/> <source>%1 moved to %2 by %3.</source> - <translation>%3 将 %1 移到 %2 。</translation> + <translation>%1 被 %3 移动到 %2。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="-2"/> <source>%1 moved in from %2 by %3.</source> - <translation>%3 将 %1 从 %2 移来。</translation> + <translation>%1 被 %3 从 %2 移动至此。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+48"/> <source>%1 is now muted and deafened.</source> - <translation>%1 关闭了扬声器和麦克风。</translation> + <translation>%1 关闭了麦克风和扬声器。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="-304"/> <source>Your account information can not be verified currently. Please try again later</source> - <translation>您的帐户信息目前无法确认，请稍候重试</translation> + <translation>当前无法验证您的帐户信息，请稍后重试</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+20"/> <location line="+55"/> <source>Welcome message: %1</source> - <translation>欢迎信息： %1</translation> + <translation>欢迎消息：%1</translation> </message> <message> <location line="-17"/> <source>Mumble: %1</source> - <translation>Mumble ：%1</translation> + <translation>Mumble：%1</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+42"/> <source>You were denied %1 privileges in %2.</source> - <translation>你在 %2 的%1 权限被拒绝。</translation> + <translation>您在 %2 的“%1”权限被拒绝。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>%3 was denied %1 privileges in %2.</source> - <translation>%3 在 %2 的%1 权限被拒绝。</translation> + <translation>%3 在 %2 的“%1”权限被拒绝。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+4"/> <source>Denied: Cannot modify SuperUser.</source> - <translation>拒绝：无法修改超级用户。</translation> + <translation>拒绝：无法修改 SuperUser（超级用户）。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+4"/> <source>Denied: Invalid channel name.</source> - <translation>拒绝：无效的频道名称。</translation> + <translation>拒绝：频道名称无效。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+4"/> <source>Denied: Text message too long.</source> - <translation>拒绝：文本消息太长。</translation> + <translation>拒绝：文本消息过长。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+22"/> <source>Denied: Operation not permitted in temporary channel.</source> - <translation>拒绝：操作不允许用于临时频道。</translation> + <translation>拒绝：临时频道不允许此操作。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+7"/> <source>You need a certificate to perform this operation.</source> - <translation>你需要认证才能执行该操作。</translation> + <translation>您需要一个证书以执行该操作。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> @@ -6097,12 +6109,12 @@ Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source> <message> <location line="+5"/> <source>Invalid username: %1.</source> - <translation>无效的用户名： %1 。</translation> + <translation>用户名无效：%1。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>Invalid username.</source> - <translation>无效的用户名。</translation> + <translation>用户名无效。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+4"/> @@ -6112,12 +6124,12 @@ Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source> <message> <location line="+4"/> <source>Channel nesting limit reached.</source> - <translation>频道嵌套达到上限。</translation> + <translation>频道嵌套层次达到上限。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+4"/> <source>Channel count limit reached. Need to delete channels before creating new ones.</source> - <translation>达到频道数限制。 需要在创建新频道之前删除频道。</translation> + <translation>频道数量达到上限。需要在创建新频道之前删除一些频道。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+7"/> @@ -6127,12 +6139,12 @@ Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source> <message> <location line="+42"/> <source>%1 connected and entered channel.</source> - <translation>%1 连接到服务器并进入频道。</translation> + <translation>%1 连接到服务器并加入频道。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>%1 connected.</source> - <translation>%1 上线。</translation> + <translation>%1 已连接。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+91"/> @@ -6142,12 +6154,12 @@ Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>%1 is now unmuted.</source> - <translation>%1 打开了麦克风。</translation> + <translation>%1 开启了麦克风。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+11"/> <source>Recording started</source> - <translation>开始录音</translation> + <translation>录音开始</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> @@ -6162,99 +6174,99 @@ Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>%1 stopped recording.</source> - <translation>%1 结束了录音。</translation> + <translation>%1 结束录音。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+10"/> <source>You revoked your priority speaker status.</source> - <translation>您撤销了您的优先发言人状态。</translation> + <translation>您撤销了自己的优先发言人状态。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>You assumed priority speaker status.</source> - <translation>您担任优先发言人身份。</translation> + <translation>您获得优先发言人状态。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+4"/> <source>%1 revoked your priority speaker status.</source> - <translation>%1 撤销了你的优先发言人身份。</translation> + <translation>%1 撤销了您的优先发言人状态。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>%1 gave you priority speaker status.</source> - <translation>%1 给予了你优先发言人身份。</translation> + <translation>%1 授予您优先发言人状态。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+4"/> <source>You revoked priority speaker status for %1.</source> - <translation>你撤销了 %1 的优先发言人身份。</translation> + <translation>您撤销了 %1 的优先发言人状态。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>You gave priority speaker status to %1.</source> - <translation>你给予了 %1 优先发言人身份。</translation> + <translation>您授予 %1 优先发言人状态。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+4"/> <source>%1 revoked own priority speaker status.</source> - <translation>%1 撤销了自己的优先发言人身份。</translation> + <translation>%1 撤销了自己的优先发言人状态。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>%1 assumed priority speaker status.</source> - <translation>%1 担任优先发言人身份。</translation> + <translation>%1 获得优先发言人状态。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+4"/> <source>%1 revoked priority speaker status for %2.</source> - <translation>%2 撤销了 %1 的优先发言人身份。</translation> + <translation>%1 撤销了 %2 的优先发言人状态。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>%1 gave priority speaker status to %2.</source> - <translation>%2 给予了 %1 优先发言人身份。</translation> + <translation>%1 授予 %2 优先发言人状态。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+21"/> <source>You were unmuted and undeafened by %1.</source> - <translation>%1 打开了你的麦克风和扬声器。</translation> + <translation>%1 开启了您的的麦克风和扬声器。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+4"/> <source>You were muted by %1.</source> - <translation>%1 关闭了你的麦克风。</translation> + <translation>%1 关闭了您的麦克风。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+7"/> <source>You were undeafened by %1.</source> - <translation>%1 关闭了你的扬声器。</translation> + <translation>%1 开启了您的扬声器。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+6"/> <source>You were suppressed.</source> <oldsource>You were suppressed by %1.</oldsource> - <translation>你被禁止。</translation> + <translation>您被禁言。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+3"/> <source>You were unsuppressed.</source> - <translation>你被解禁。</translation> + <translation>您被解除禁言。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>You were unsuppressed by %1.</source> - <translation>%1 解除了你的禁止。</translation> + <translation>%1 解除了您的禁言。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="-169"/> <source>You joined %1.</source> - <translation>你加入了 %1。</translation> + <translation>您加入了 %1。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+13"/> <location line="+2"/> <source>You moved %1 to %2.</source> - <translation>你将 %1 移动到了 %2。</translation> + <translation>您将 %1 移动到 %2。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+12"/> @@ -6264,12 +6276,12 @@ Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source> <message> <location line="+12"/> <source>%1 renamed to %2 by %3.</source> - <translation>%3 将 %1 重命名为 %2。</translation> + <translation>%1 被 %3 重命名为 %2。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+236"/> <source>%1 disconnected.</source> - <translation>%1 离线。</translation> + <translation>%1 断开连接。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+115"/> @@ -6281,72 +6293,72 @@ Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source> <message> <location line="+4"/> <source>(Tree) </source> - <translation>(树) </translation> + <translation>（频道树）</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>(Channel) </source> - <translation>(频道) </translation> + <translation>（频道）</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>(Private) </source> - <translation>(私有)</translation> + <translation>（私人）</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+5"/> <source>%2%1: %3</source> - <translation>%2%1: %3</translation> + <translation>%2%1：%3</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+149"/> <source>Failed to load Opus, it will not be available for audio encoding/decoding.</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>加载 Opus 失败，无法进行音频编解码。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+58"/> <source>The server requests minimum client version %1</source> - <translation>服务器至少要求客户端版本 %1</translation> + <translation>服务器要求客户端版本至少为 %1</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+4"/> <source>The server requests positional audio be enabled.</source> - <translation>服务器要求开启位置音频。</translation> + <translation>服务器要求启用位置音频。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>The server requests positional audio be disabled.</source> - <translation>服务器禁止使用位置音频。</translation> + <translation>服务器要求禁用位置音频。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+4"/> <source>The server requests Push-to-Talk be enabled.</source> - <translation>服务器要求使用按键发言。</translation> + <translation>服务器要求启用按键发言。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>The server requests Push-to-Talk be disabled.</source> - <translation>服务器禁止使用按键发言。</translation> + <translation>服务器要求禁用按键发言。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="-470"/> <source>You were unmuted by %1.</source> - <translation>%1 打开了你的麦克风。</translation> + <translation>%1 开启了您的麦克风。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+29"/> <source>You muted %1.</source> - <translation>你关闭了 %1 的麦克风。</translation> + <translation>您关闭了 %1 的麦克风。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+16"/> <source>You unsuppressed %1.</source> - <translation>你解除了 %1 的禁止。</translation> + <translation>您解除了 %1 的禁言。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="-14"/> <source>You unmuted %1.</source> - <translation>你打开了 %1 的麦克风。</translation> + <translation>您开启了 %1 的麦克风。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+25"/> @@ -6356,48 +6368,48 @@ Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source> <message> <location line="+16"/> <source>%1 unsuppressed by %2.</source> - <translation>%2 解除了 %1 的禁止。</translation> + <translation>%2 解除了 %1 的禁言。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="-14"/> <source>%1 unmuted by %2.</source> - <translation>%2 打开了 %1 麦克风。</translation> + <translation>%2 开启了 %1 麦克风。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+373"/> <source>Unable to find matching CELT codecs with other clients. You will not be able to talk to all users.</source> - <translation>无法找到与其他客户端匹配的CELT编解码器。 您将无法与所有用户交谈。</translation> + <translation>无法找到与其他客户端匹配的 CELT 编解码器。您将无法与所有用户交谈。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="-439"/> <source>You were muted and deafened by %1.</source> <oldsource>You were deafened by %1.</oldsource> - <translation>%1 关闭了你的麦克风和扬声器。</translation> + <translation>%1 关闭了您的麦克风和扬声器。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+120"/> <source>You were kicked from the server by %1: %2.</source> - <translation>%1 将你踢出了服务器：%2。</translation> + <translation>%1 将您踢出了服务器：%2。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+5"/> <source>%3 was kicked from the server by %1: %2.</source> - <translation>%1将%3 踢出了服务器：%2。</translation> + <translation>%1 将 %3 踢出了服务器：%2。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="-7"/> <source>You were kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2.</source> - <translation>%1 将你踢出了服务器并封禁：%2。</translation> + <translation>%1 将您踢出了服务器并封禁：%2。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+5"/> <source>%3 was kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2.</source> - <translation>%1 将%3 踢出了服务器并封禁：%2。</translation> + <translation>%1 将 %3 踢出了服务器并封禁：%2。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="-266"/> <source>You were moved to %1 by %2.</source> - <translation>%2 将你移到了 %1。</translation> + <translation>您被 %2 移动到 %1。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+5"/> @@ -6407,17 +6419,17 @@ Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source> <message> <location line="-237"/> <source>Server connection rejected: %1.</source> - <translation>服务器拒绝连接：%1 。</translation> + <translation>服务器拒绝连接：%1。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+162"/> <source>Denied: %1.</source> - <translation>被拒绝：%1 。</translation> + <translation>拒绝：%1。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+110"/> <source>%1 renamed to %2.</source> - <translation>%1 重命名为 %2</translation> + <translation>%1 重命名为 %2。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+231"/> @@ -6430,26 +6442,26 @@ Otherwise abort and check your certificate and username.</source> <translation>来自 %1 的消息</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="UserModel.cpp" line="+1391"/> + <location filename="UserModel.cpp" line="+1393"/> <source>You have User Dragging set to "Do Nothing" so the user wasn't moved.</source> - <translation>用户无法被移动因为你将用户拖动设置为“无动作”。</translation> + <translation>用户未被移动，因为您将用户拖动设置为“无动作”。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+21"/> <source>You have Channel Dragging set to "Do Nothing" so the channel wasn't moved.</source> - <translation>频道无法被移动因为你将频道拖动设置为“无动作”。</translation> + <translation>频道未被移动，因为您将频道拖动设置为“无动作”。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+6"/> <source>Unknown Channel Drag mode in UserModel::dropMimeData.</source> - <translation>未知的频道拖动模式在UserModel::dropMimeData。</translation> + <translation>UserModel::dropMimeData 中的频道拖动模式未知。</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="main.cpp" line="-354"/> <source>Remote controlling Mumble: </source> - <translation>远程控制Mumble: + <translation>远程控制 Mumble： </translation> </message> @@ -6480,7 +6492,29 @@ Valid options are: Show licenses for third-party software used by Mumble. </source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>用法：mumble [选项] [<URL>] + +<URL> 指定启动时连接的 URL，而不是显示连接窗口，URL 的格式为： +mumble://[<用户名>[:<密码>]@]<主机名>[:<端口>][/<频道名>[/<子频道名>...]][?version=<x.y.z>] + +必须设置 version 请求参数以调用正确的客户端版本，当前的默认值为 1.2.0。 + +可用的选项： + -h, --help 显示此帮助信息并退出。 + -m, --multiple + 允许启动多个客户端实例。 + -n, --noidentity + 禁止加载身份认证文件（即证书）。 + -jn, --jackname + 设置自定义 Jack 客户端名称。 + --license + 显示 Mumble 许可。 + --authors + 显示 Mumble 作者。 + --third-party-licenses + 显示 Mumble 使用的第三方软件的许可。 + +</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+30"/> @@ -6504,7 +6538,25 @@ Valid actions are: Toggle self-deafen status </source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>用法：mumble rpc <操作> [选项] + +可以通过“mumble rpc”命令远程控制一个正在运行的 Mumble 实例。 + +可用的操作： + mute + 关闭自己的麦克风 + unmute + 开启自己的麦克风 + togglemute + 开关自己的麦克风 + deaf + 关闭自己的扬声器 + undeaf + 开启自己的扬声器 + toggledeaf + 开关自己的扬声器 + +</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+28"/> @@ -6514,17 +6566,17 @@ Valid actions are: <message> <location line="+28"/> <source>Error: No RPC command specified</source> - <translation>错误:没有匹配的RPC命令</translation> + <translation>错误：无指定的 RPC 命令</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>RPC</source> - <translation>远程过程调用</translation> + <translation>RPC</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+227"/> <source>Welcome to Mumble.</source> - <translation>欢迎使用Mumble。</translation> + <translation>欢迎使用 Mumble。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+76"/> @@ -6534,17 +6586,17 @@ Valid actions are: <message> <location filename="MainWindow.ui"/> <source>Hide Frame</source> - <translation>隐藏框架</translation> + <translation>隐藏边框</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Toggle showing frame on minimal window</source> - <translation>切换简洁模式下的框架显示</translation> + <translation>切换简洁视图下的窗口边框显示</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This will toggle whether the minimal window should have a frame for moving and resizing.</source> - <translation>切换在简洁视图模式下是否显示一个可以移动或改变窗口大小的框架。</translation> + <translation>切换在简洁视图模式下是否显示用于移动或改变窗口大小的边框。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -6554,7 +6606,7 @@ Valid actions are: <message> <location/> <source>Reset the comment of the selected user.</source> - <translation>重置所选用户的说明。</translation> + <translation>重置所选用户的简介。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -6564,17 +6616,17 @@ Valid actions are: <message> <location/> <source>View comment in editor</source> - <translation>在编辑器里查看说明</translation> + <translation>在编辑器中查看简介</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Query server for connection information for user</source> - <translation>确认用户的服务器连接信息</translation> + <translation>向服务器查询用户的连接信息</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>S&erver</source> - <translation>服务器(&e)</translation> + <translation>服务器(&E)</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -6584,17 +6636,17 @@ Valid actions are: <message> <location/> <source>&Unlink Plugins</source> - <translation>关闭插件(&U)</translation> + <translation>取消链接插件(&U)</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Register yourself on the server</source> - <translation>将你自己注册到服务器</translation> + <translation>在服务器上注册自己</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Change your avatar image on this server</source> - <translation>修改你在这个服务器上的头像</translation> + <translation>修改您在此服务器上的头像</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -6604,17 +6656,17 @@ Valid actions are: <message> <location/> <source>Remove currently defined avatar image.</source> - <translation>删除当前偶像图片。</translation> + <translation>删除当前头像图片。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Icon Toolbar</source> - <translation>工具栏图标</translation> + <translation>图标工具栏</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Change your own comment</source> - <translation>修改你自己的说明</translation> + <translation>修改您自己的简介</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -6634,7 +6686,7 @@ Valid actions are: <message> <location/> <source>Copies a link to this channel to the clipboard.</source> - <translation>将这个频道的链接复制到剪切板。</translation> + <translation>将指向此频道的链接复制到剪贴板。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -6649,27 +6701,27 @@ Valid actions are: <message> <location/> <source>Silently drops all text messages from the user.</source> - <translation>静默地删除用户的所有文字消息。</translation> + <translation>静默地删除此用户的所有文字消息。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Edit ban list on server</source> - <translation>编辑服务器的封禁列表</translation> + <translation>编辑服务器封禁列表</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This lets you edit the server-side IP ban list.</source> - <translation>这让你编辑服务器端的IP封禁列表。</translation> + <translation>使您可以编辑服务端的 IP 封禁列表。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>&Filter on/off</source> - <translation>过滤器(&F) 开启/关闭</translation> + <translation>切换筛选(&F)</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Toggle the channel filter (Ctrl+F)</source> - <translation>切换频道过滤器 (Ctrl+F)</translation> + <translation>开关频道筛选器 (Ctrl+F)</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -6677,7 +6729,9 @@ Valid actions are: By default all empty channels will be filtered. You can mark additional channels for filtering from the channel's context menu.</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>对所选频道启用或禁用筛选。 +默认情况下，所有空频道会被隐藏。 +您可以通过频道的右键菜单将频道标记为筛选时隐藏。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -6687,42 +6741,42 @@ the channel's context menu.</source> <message> <location/> <source>&Hide Channel when Filtering</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>筛选时隐藏频道(&H)</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Reset the avatar of the selected user.</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>重置所选用户的头像。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Locally adjust the user's speech volume.</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>本地调整用户的语音音量。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Opens a dialog with a volume slider. Use this on other users in the same room.</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>打开一个带有音量滑块的对话框。需要对同一频道的其他用户使用。</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="MainWindow.cpp" line="-3068"/> + <location filename="MainWindow.cpp" line="-3111"/> <source>&Developer</source> <translation>开发者(&D)</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="MainWindow.ui"/> <source>&Hide Mumble</source> - <translation>隐藏Mumble(&H)</translation> + <translation>隐藏 Mumble (&H)</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Hides the main Mumble window.</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>隐藏 Mumble 主窗口。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Hides the main Mumble window. Restore by clicking on the tray icon or starting Mumble again.</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>隐藏 Mumble 主窗口。点击系统托盘图标或者再次启动 Mumble 以恢复。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -6732,142 +6786,152 @@ the channel's context menu.</source> <message> <location/> <source>Shows the Mumble Developer Console, where Mumble's log output can be inspected.</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>显示开发者控制台，用于检查 Mumble 的日志输出。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>&Connect...</source> - <translation>连接…(&C)</translation> + <translation>连接(&C)…</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>&Ban list...</source> - <translation>封禁名单…(&B)</translation> + <translation>封禁列表(&B)…</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>&Information...</source> - <translation>服务器信息…(&I)</translation> + <translation>服务器信息(&I)…</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>&Kick...</source> - <translation>踢出(&K)</translation> + <translation>踢出(&K)...</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>&Ban...</source> - <translation>封禁(&B)</translation> + <translation>封禁(&B)...</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Local Volume Adjustment...</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>本地音量调整...</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Send &Message...</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>发送消息(&M)...</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>&Add...</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>添加(&A)...</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>&Remove...</source> - <translation>删除...(&R)</translation> + <translation>删除(&R)...</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>&Edit...</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>编辑(&E)...</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Audio S&tatistics...</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>音频统计(&T)...</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>&Settings...</source> - <translation>设置…(&S)</translation> + <translation>设置(&S)…</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>&Audio Wizard...</source> - <translation>语音向导(&A)</translation> + <translation>音频向导(&A)...</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Developer &Console...</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>开发者控制台(&C)...</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>&About...</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>关于(&A)...</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>About &Speex...</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>关于 &Speex...</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>About &Qt...</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>关于 &Qt...</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>&Certificate Wizard...</source> - <translation>证书向导(&C)</translation> + <translation>证书向导(&C)...</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>&Register...</source> - <translation>注册(&R)</translation> + <translation>注册(&R)...</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Registered &Users...</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>已注册用户(&U)...</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Change &Avatar...</source> - <translation>修改头像(&A)</translation> + <translation>修改头像(&A)...</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>&Access Tokens...</source> - <translation>访问令牌(&A)</translation> + <translation>访问令牌(&A)...</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Reset &Comment...</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>重置简介(&C)...</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Reset &Avatar...</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>重置头像(&A)...</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>View Comment...</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>查看简介...</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>&Change Comment...</source> - <translation>修改说明(&C)</translation> + <translation>修改简介(&C)...</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>R&egister...</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>注册(&E)...</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location/> + <source>Show</source> + <translation>显示</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location/> + <source>Shows the main Mumble window.</source> + <translation>显示 Mumble 主窗口。</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -6875,105 +6939,105 @@ the channel's context menu.</source> <message> <location filename="ManualPlugin.ui"/> <source>Manual Mumble Positional Audio</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>手动 Mumble 位置音频</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Position</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>位置</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>X</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>X</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Y</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>Y</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Z</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>Z</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>m</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation> 米</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Heading</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>朝向</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Azimuth</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>方位</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Elevation</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>俯仰</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>°</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>°</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Meta data</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>元数据</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Context</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>上下文</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Identity</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>标识符</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Set</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>设置</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>State</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>状态</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Linked</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>已链接</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Activated</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>已激活</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Unhinge</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>分离窗口</translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>NetworkConfig</name> <message> - <location filename="NetworkConfig.cpp" line="+29"/> + <location filename="NetworkConfig.cpp" line="+31"/> <source>Network</source> <translation>网络</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+36"/> <source>Updates are mandatory when using snapshot releases.</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>在使用快照版本时，升级是强制性的。</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="NetworkConfig.ui"/> @@ -6989,17 +7053,17 @@ the channel's context menu.</source> <message> <location/> <source><b>Enable TCP compatibility mode</b>.<br />This will make Mumble use only TCP when communicating with the server. This will increase overhead and cause lost packets to produce noticeable pauses in communication, so this should only be used if you are unable to use the default (which uses UDP for voice and TCP for control).</source> - <translation><b>开启 TCP 兼容模式</b>.<br />设置Mumble仅使用TCP和服务器通信。这将会增加开销并且减少通信过程中的数据丢失情况，所以仅在无法使用默认模式 ( UDP通话，TCP控制) 的情况下使用。</translation> + <translation><b>启用 TCP 兼容模式</b>。<br />设置 Mumble 仅使用 TCP 协议与服务器通信。这将会增加开销并且会导致丢包，使您在交谈中遇到中断，所以请仅在无法使用默认模式（UDP 语音，TCP 控制）的情况下使用。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Reconnect when disconnected</source> - <translation>当连接断开时重新连接</translation> + <translation>在连接断开时重新连接</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>Reconnect when disconnected</b>.<br />This will make Mumble try to automatically reconnect after 10 seconds if your server connection fails.</source> - <translation><b>当连接断开时重新连接</b>。<br />如果你和服务器的连接失败，Mumble将在 10 秒后自动重新连接。</translation> + <translation><b>在连接断开时重新连接</b>。<br />如果您连接服务器失败，Mumble 将在 10 秒后自动重新连接。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -7019,7 +7083,7 @@ the channel's context menu.</source> <message> <location/> <source>Type of proxy to connect through</source> - <translation>使用的代理的类型</translation> + <translation>连接的代理类型</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -7054,42 +7118,42 @@ the channel's context menu.</source> <message> <location/> <source>Enable QoS to prioritize packets</source> - <translation>允许 QoS 优先级</translation> + <translation>启用 QoS 以调整数据包优先级</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This will enable QoS, which will attempt to prioritize voice packets over other traffic.</source> - <translation>允许QoS 对即将发送的数据包根据网络状况进行优先级排序。</translation> + <translation>启用 QoS，尝试优先于其他网络流量发送语音数据包。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Use Quality of Service</source> - <translation>使用高品质服务</translation> + <translation>使用 QoS</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Don't send certificate to server and don't save passwords. (Not saved).</source> - <translation>不向服务器发送证书并且不保存密码。(无法保存)。</translation> + <translation>不向服务器发送证书并且不保存密码。（此设置不会被保存）。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>This will suppress identity information from the client.</b><p>The client will not identify itself with a certificate, even if defined, and will not cache passwords for connections. This is primarily a test-option and is not saved.</p></source> - <translation><b>禁止验证客户端身份。</b>客户端将无法通过证书证明他们自己，一旦设置，将不会保存连接的密码。这主要是个测试选项，并不会被保存</translation> + <translation><b>禁用客户端身份验证。</b><p>禁用后，客户端将无法通过证书认证自己，也不会保存连接的密码。该选项主要用于测试目的，不会被保存。</p></translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Suppress certificate and password storage</source> - <translation>不保存证书和密码</translation> + <translation>禁用证书和密码存储</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>Type of proxy to connect through.</b><br />This makes Mumble connect through a proxy for all outgoing connections. Note: Proxy tunneling forces Mumble into TCP compatibility mode, causing all voice data to be sent via the control channel.</source> - <translation><b>连接的代理的类型。</b><br />这将设置Mumble连接所使用的代理的类型。注意：协议隧道将强制Mumble使用TCP兼容模式，因此所有的数据通过通过控制通道传输。</translation> + <translation><b>连接的代理的类型。</b><br />Mumble 将为所有出站连接使用代理服务器。注意：代理隧道将强制 Mumble 使用 TCP 兼容模式，因此所有的语音数据将通过控制信道传输。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>Hostname of the proxy.</b><br />This field specifies the hostname of the proxy you wish to tunnel network traffic through.</source> - <translation><b>代理的主机名。</b><br />这个区域指定你使用的代理的主机名。</translation> + <translation><b>代理的主机名。</b><br />指定您用于隧道传输网络流量的代理的主机名。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -7099,12 +7163,12 @@ the channel's context menu.</source> <message> <location/> <source>Port number of the proxy</source> - <translation>该代理使用的端口号</translation> + <translation>代理的端口号</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>Port number of the proxy.</b><br />This field specifies the port number that the proxy expects connections on.</source> - <translation><b>代理的端口号。</b><br />这里指定了代理连接使用的端口号。</translation> + <translation><b>代理的端口号。</b><br />指定代理连接的端口号。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -7114,12 +7178,12 @@ the channel's context menu.</source> <message> <location/> <source>Username for proxy authentication</source> - <translation>代理验证所需要的用户名</translation> + <translation>用于代理认证的用户名</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>Username for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the username you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank.</source> - <translation><b>代理验证所需要的用户名。</b><br />这里填写的用户名将用于向你的代理验证你的身份。如果你所使用的代理不采用这样的方式验证或者不需要验证，请将这个区域留空。</translation> + <translation><b>用于代理认证的用户名。</b><br />指定您向代理认证身份时使用的用户名。如果您使用的代理不认证身份，或者您希望匿名连接，请留空。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -7129,12 +7193,12 @@ the channel's context menu.</source> <message> <location/> <source>Password for proxy authentication</source> - <translation>代理验证所需的密码</translation> + <translation>用于代理认证的密码</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>Password for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the password you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank.</source> - <translation><b>代理验证所需的密码。</b><br />这里填写的密码将用于向你的代理验证你的身份。如果你所使用的代理不采用这样的方式验证或者不需要验证，请将这个区域留空。</translation> + <translation><b>用于代理认证的密码。</b><br />指定您向代理认证身份时使用的密码。如果您使用的代理不认证身份，或者您希望匿名连接，请留空。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -7149,12 +7213,12 @@ the channel's context menu.</source> <message> <location/> <source>This will check for new releases of Mumble every time you start the program, and notify you if one is available.</source> - <translation>当你每次启动程序时检查Mumble新版本信息，并在可用时通知你。</translation> + <translation>在您每次启动程序时检查 Mumble 的新版本，并在有新版本时通知您。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Check for application updates on startup</source> - <translation>当启动时检查应用程序升级</translation> + <translation>在启动时检查应用程序更新</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -7164,17 +7228,17 @@ the channel's context menu.</source> <message> <location/> <source>This will check for new releases of plugins every time you start the program, and download them automatically.</source> - <translation>每次打开的时候检查插件的更新并自动下载。</translation> + <translation>每次启动程序时检查插件的更新并自动下载。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>Submit anonymous statistics.</b><br />Mumble has a small development team, and as such needs to focus its development where it is needed most. By submitting a bit of statistics you help the project determine where to focus development.</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation><b>提交匿名统计数据。</b><br />Mumble 开发团队的规模很小，因此需要将开发重点放在用户最需要的地方。通过提交一些统计数据，您可以帮助开发团队决定重点开发哪些功能。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project</source> - <translation>提交匿名统计给 Mumble 项目组</translation> + <translation>提交匿名统计数据至 Mumble 项目</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -7184,45 +7248,46 @@ the channel's context menu.</source> <message> <location/> <source>Reconnect to last used server when starting Mumble</source> - <translation>当 Mumble 启动时自动连接到最后使用的服务器</translation> + <translation>启动 Mumble 时自动连接到最后使用的服务器</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Reconnect to last server on startup</source> - <translation>启动时自动连接最后的服务器</translation> + <translation>启动时自动连接上次的服务器</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Download plugin and overlay updates on startup</source> - <translation>启动时下载插件和 overlay 更新</translation> + <translation>启动时下载插件和游戏内界面更新</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Privacy</source> - <translation>私隐</translation> + <translation>隐私</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Prevent OS information being sent to Mumble servers and web servers</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>阻止向 Mumble 服务器和网页服务器发送操作系统信息</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><b>Don't send OS information to servers</b><br/> Prevents the client from sending potentially identifying information about the operating system to the Mumble server and web servers.</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation><b>请勿向服务器发送操作系统信息</b><br/> +阻止客户端向 Mumble 服务器和网页服务器发送潜在的操作系统识别信息。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Do not send OS information to Mumble servers and web servers</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>请勿向 Mumble 服务器和网页服务器发送操作系统信息</translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>Overlay</name> <message> - <location filename="OverlayEditorScene.cpp" line="+97"/> - <location filename="OverlayUser.cpp" line="+129"/> + <location filename="OverlayEditorScene.cpp" line="+99"/> + <location filename="OverlayUser.cpp" line="+131"/> <source>Silent</source> <translation>安静</translation> </message> @@ -7230,19 +7295,19 @@ Prevents the client from sending potentially identifying information about the o <location line="+3"/> <location filename="OverlayUser.cpp" line="+3"/> <source>Talking</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>说话</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+3"/> <location filename="OverlayUser.cpp" line="+3"/> <source>Whisper</source> - <translation>悄悄话</translation> + <translation>密语</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+3"/> <location filename="OverlayUser.cpp" line="+3"/> <source>Shout</source> - <translation>高喊</translation> + <translation>呼喊</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+17"/> @@ -7251,37 +7316,37 @@ Prevents the client from sending potentially identifying information about the o <translation>频道</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="Overlay.cpp" line="+205"/> + <location filename="Overlay.cpp" line="+207"/> <source>Failed to create communication with overlay at %2: %1. No overlay will be available.</source> - <translation>在%2：%1 通过overlay创建通信失败。overlay无法激活。</translation> + <translation>在 %2：%1 与游戏内界面建立通信失败。游戏内界面将不可用。</translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>OverlayClient</name> <message> - <location filename="OverlayUserGroup.cpp" line="+76"/> + <location filename="OverlayUserGroup.cpp" line="+78"/> <source>Filter</source> - <translation>过滤</translation> + <translation>筛选</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>Only talking</source> - <translation>仅说话时</translation> + <translation>仅正在说话</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+5"/> <source>Talking and recently active</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>正在说话与最近活跃</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+5"/> <source>All in current channel</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>频道内所有人</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+5"/> <source>All in linked channels</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>已链接频道内所有人</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+7"/> @@ -7291,12 +7356,12 @@ Prevents the client from sending potentially identifying information about the o <message> <location line="+8"/> <source>Configure recently active time (%1 seconds)...</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>配置最近活跃时间（%1 秒）...</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+3"/> <source>Columns</source> - <translation>列</translation> + <translation>列数</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+8"/> @@ -7311,7 +7376,7 @@ Prevents the client from sending potentially identifying information about the o <message> <location line="+5"/> <source>Last state change</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>最后状态变化</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+5"/> @@ -7326,18 +7391,18 @@ Prevents the client from sending potentially identifying information about the o <message> <location line="+41"/> <source>Configure recently active time</source> - <translation>设置最近激活时间</translation> + <translation>配置最近活跃时间</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>Amount of seconds users remain active after talking:</source> - <translation>统计用户说话后保持激活的时间：</translation> + <translation>用户停止说话后保持活跃状态的秒数：</translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>OverlayConfig</name> <message> - <location filename="OverlayConfig.cpp" line="+80"/> + <location filename="OverlayConfig.cpp" line="+82"/> <source>To move the users, drag the little red dot.</source> <translation>要移动用户列表，请拖动小红点。</translation> </message> @@ -7345,30 +7410,30 @@ Prevents the client from sending potentially identifying information about the o <location line="+1"/> <source>To resize the users, mouse wheel over a user.</source> <oldsource>To resize the users, mousewheel over a user.</oldsource> - <translation>要改变用户列表大小，请在用户列表上滚动鼠标滚轮。</translation> + <translation>要改变用户列表尺寸，请在列表上滚动鼠标滚轮。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>For more options, right click a user.</source> <oldsource>For more options, rightclick a user.</oldsource> - <translation>需要更多选项，请在用户上点击右键。</translation> + <translation>查看更多选项，请在用户列表上点击鼠标右键。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+72"/> <source>Launcher Filter</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>启动器筛选</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+249"/> <source>Overlay</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>游戏内界面</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+190"/> <location line="+60"/> <location line="+76"/> <source>Choose executable</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>选择可执行文件</translation> </message> <message> <location line="-134"/> @@ -7380,23 +7445,23 @@ Prevents the client from sending potentially identifying information about the o <message> <location line="-41"/> <source>Choose path</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>选择路径</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+132"/> <source>Load Overlay Presets</source> - <translation>读取Overlay样式</translation> + <translation>加载游戏内界面预设</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <location line="+36"/> <source>Mumble overlay presets (*.mumblelay)</source> - <translation>Mumble overlay 样式 (*.mumblelay)</translation> + <translation>Mumble 游戏内界面预设 (*.mumblelay)</translation> </message> <message> <location line="-2"/> <source>Save Overlay Presets</source> - <translation>保存 Overlay 样式</translation> + <translation>保存游戏内界面预设</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="Overlay.ui"/> @@ -7406,18 +7471,18 @@ Prevents the client from sending potentially identifying information about the o <message> <location/> <source>Enable overlay.</source> - <translation>启用 overlay。</translation> + <translation>启用游戏内界面。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Enable Overlay</source> - <translation>启用 Overlay</translation> + <translation>启用游戏内界面</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked when applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.<br />Please note that if you start Mumble after starting the application, or if you disable the overlay while the application is running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application.</source> <oldsource>This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked when applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.<br />Please note that if you start the application after starting Mumble, or if you disable the overlay while running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application.</oldsource> - <translation>设置是否启用overlay。这个设置仅在应用程序开始时检查，因此确保你开始应用程序前已经运行了Mumble并且这个选项是打开的。<br />请注意如果你已经运行了Mumble和应用程序，或者你在应用程序运行期间关闭了overlay，除了重启应用程序之外，没有办法安全的重新启动overlay。</translation> + <translation>设置是否启用游戏内界面。此设置仅在应用程序启动时检查，因此请确保在启动应用程序前已经运行了 Mumble 并且已启用此选项。<br />请注意，如果您在启动应用程序之后启动 Mumble，或者在应用程序运行期间禁用了游戏内界面，则除了重启应用程序之外，没有办法安全的重新启动游戏内界面。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -7437,70 +7502,70 @@ Prevents the client from sending potentially identifying information about the o <message> <location filename="Overlay.ui"/> <source>Uninstall Overlay</source> - <translation>卸载 Overlay</translation> + <translation>卸载游戏内界面</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Overlay Installation</source> - <translation>Overlay 安装</translation> + <translation>游戏内界面安装</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Mumble has detected that you do not have the Mumble Overlay installed. Click the button below to install the overlay.</source> - <translation>Mumble 检测到你没有安装 Mumble Overly。 + <translation>Mumble 检测到您尚未安装 Mumble 游戏内界面。 -点击下面的按钮安装 overlay。</translation> +点击下面的按钮安装它。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Install Mumble Overlay</source> - <translation>安装 Mumble Overlay</translation> + <translation>安装 Mumble 游戏内界面</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Overlay Upgrade</source> - <translation>Overlay 升级</translation> + <translation>游戏内界面升级</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Mumble has detected an old version of the overlay support files installed on your computer. To upgrade these files to their latest versions, click the button below.</source> - <translation>Mumble检测到你的电脑上安装了低版本的overlay支持文件。 + <translation>Mumble 检测到您的计算机上安装了低版本的游戏内界面支持文件。 -点击下面的按钮将他们升级最新版本。</translation> +点击下面的按钮将这些文件升级到新版本。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Upgrade Mumble Overlay</source> - <translation>升级 Mumble Overlay</translation> + <translation>升级 Mumble 游戏内界面</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Display a frame counter in the overlay</source> - <translation>在overlay中显示帧数统计</translation> + <translation>在游戏内界面显示帧数</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Show FPS counter</source> - <translation>显示 FPS 统计</translation> + <translation>显示 FPS 计数</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Load an overlay preset from file</source> - <translation>从文件中读取 overlay 样式</translation> + <translation>从文件中加载游戏内界面预设</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Load…</source> - <translation>读取...</translation> + <translation>加载...</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Save your overlay settings to file</source> - <translation>将你的overlay样式保存到文件</translation> + <translation>将您的游戏内界面设置保存到文件</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -7510,12 +7575,12 @@ To upgrade these files to their latest versions, click the button below.</source <message> <location/> <source>Set the overlay font.</source> - <translation>设置 overlay 字体。</translation> + <translation>设置游戏内界面字体。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Set the overlay text color.</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>设置游戏内界面文字颜色。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -7535,52 +7600,52 @@ To upgrade these files to their latest versions, click the button below.</source <message> <location/> <source>FPS and Clock Display</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>FPS 与时钟显示</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Display a clock in the overlay showing the current local time (system time).</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>在游戏内界面上显示时钟（当前系统时间）。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Show Clock</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>显示时钟</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Overlay Exceptions</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>游戏内界面例外</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Overlay Exception Mode</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>例外模式</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Allowed launchers</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>允许的启动器</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Add</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>添加</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Allowed programs</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>允许的程序</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Allowed paths</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>允许的路径</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Blacklisted programs</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>黑名单程序</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -7593,42 +7658,42 @@ To upgrade these files to their latest versions, click the button below.</source <message> <location/> <source>User is not talking</source> - <translation>没有说话的用户</translation> + <translation>用户未在说话</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Passive</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>安静</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>User is talking in your channel or a linked channel</source> - <translation>在你的频道或一个连接的频道中说话的用户</translation> + <translation>用户正在当前频道或链接频道内说话</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Talking</source> - <translation>说话中</translation> + <translation>说话</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>User is whispering to you privately</source> - <translation>用户正私下和你悄悄话</translation> + <translation>用户正在私下与您密语</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Private Whisper</source> - <translation>悄悄话私聊</translation> + <translation>私人密语</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>User is shouting to your channel</source> - <translation>用户正在对你的频道大喊</translation> + <translation>用户正在对当前频道呼喊</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Channel Whisper</source> - <translation>频道悄悄话</translation> + <translation>频道密语</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -7643,12 +7708,12 @@ To upgrade these files to their latest versions, click the button below.</source <message> <location/> <source>Enabled Elements</source> - <translation>可用元素</translation> + <translation>启用元素</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>User avatar, chosen by each user</source> - <translation>用户的头像，可以被每个用户选择</translation> + <translation>每名用户自己选择的头像</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -7668,7 +7733,7 @@ To upgrade these files to their latest versions, click the button below.</source <message> <location/> <source>Name of user's channel, if outside your current channel</source> - <translation>用户的频道名称，如果不再你的当前频道</translation> + <translation>用户所在的频道名称，如果他不在您的当前频道</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -7678,17 +7743,17 @@ To upgrade these files to their latest versions, click the button below.</source <message> <location/> <source>Muted or deafened</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>关闭麦克风或关闭扬声器</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Mute state</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>静音状态</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Bounding box, automatically shrunk to minimum size to contain all visible elements</source> - <translation>如果不设置背景，所有可见元素都将会最小化显示</translation> + <translation>背景会自动收缩到最小尺寸以包含所有可见元素</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -7698,7 +7763,7 @@ To upgrade these files to their latest versions, click the button below.</source <message> <location/> <source>Overlay Editor</source> - <translation>Overlay编辑器</translation> + <translation>游戏内界面编辑器</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -7706,17 +7771,17 @@ To upgrade these files to their latest versions, click the button below.</source <message> <location filename="OverlayEditorScene.cpp" line="+397"/> <source>Layout preset</source> - <translation>显示边框</translation> + <translation>布局预设</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>Large square avatar</source> - <translation>高清头像</translation> + <translation>大尺寸方形头像</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>Avatar and Name</source> - <translation>图像及名称</translation> + <translation>头像加用户名</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> @@ -7727,12 +7792,12 @@ To upgrade these files to their latest versions, click the button below.</source <location line="+6"/> <location line="+31"/> <source>%1%</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>%1%</translation> </message> <message> <location line="-5"/> <source>Object Opacity</source> - <translation>元件不透明度</translation> + <translation>组件不透明度</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+13"/> @@ -7803,66 +7868,61 @@ To upgrade these files to their latest versions, click the button below.</source <message> <location line="+87"/> <source>Pick pen color</source> - <translation>线条颜色(选中)</translation> + <translation>选择线条颜色</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+6"/> <source>Pick fill color</source> - <translation>填充颜色(选中)</translation> + <translation>选择填充颜色</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+14"/> <source>Pick color</source> - <translation>颜色(选中)</translation> + <translation>选择颜色</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+21"/> <source>Pick font</source> - <translation>字体(选中)</translation> + <translation>选择字体</translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>PluginConfig</name> <message> <location filename="Plugins.ui"/> - <location filename="Plugins.cpp" line="+73"/> + <location filename="Plugins.cpp" line="+74"/> <source>Plugins</source> <translation>插件</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="Plugins.cpp" line="+54"/> <source>Plugin has no configure function.</source> - <translation>插件没有可用的设置。</translation> + <translation>插件不支持配置。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+19"/> <source>Plugin has no about function.</source> - <translation>插件没有可用的关于。</translation> + <translation>插件不支持关于信息。</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="Plugins.ui"/> - <source>Form</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> - </message> - <message> - <location/> <source>Options</source> <translation>选项</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Enable plugins and transmit positional information</source> - <translation>启用插件并且发送位置信息</translation> + <translation>启用插件并传输位置信息</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This allows plugins for supported games to fetch your in-game position and transmit it with each voice packet. This enables other users to hear your voice in-game from the direction your character is in relation to their own.</source> - <translation>这将允许车间支持的游戏获取你在游戏里的位置并添加到语音数据中。这允许其他用户在游戏里通过你的声音来判断你的角色和他们之间的关系。</translation> + <translation>允许支持的游戏的插件获取您在游戏中的位置并在每个语音数据包中传输。使其他用户能从您在游戏内的角色与他们的角色之间的相对方向听到您的语音。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Link to Game and Transmit Position</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>链接到游戏并传输位置信息</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -7872,7 +7932,7 @@ To upgrade these files to their latest versions, click the button below.</source <message> <location/> <source>This rescans and reloads plugins. Use this if you just added or changed a plugin to the plugins directory.</source> - <translation>重新检索并加载插件。当你添加或者改变了插件目录中的插件时请执行此操作。</translation> + <translation>重新扫描并重载插件。如果您添加或者修改了插件目录中的插件，请使用此功能。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -7887,7 +7947,7 @@ To upgrade these files to their latest versions, click the button below.</source <message> <location/> <source>This shows a small information message about the plugin.</source> - <translation>显示关于插件的简要的信息。</translation> + <translation>显示关于插件的简要信息。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -7897,12 +7957,12 @@ To upgrade these files to their latest versions, click the button below.</source <message> <location/> <source>Show configuration page of plugin</source> - <translation>显示插件的设置</translation> + <translation>显示插件的配置页面</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>This shows the configuration page of the plugin, if any.</source> - <translation>显示插件的设置页面，如果可用的话。</translation> + <translation>如果可用的话，显示此插件的配置页面。</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -7917,7 +7977,7 @@ To upgrade these files to their latest versions, click the button below.</source <message> <location/> <source>Enabled</source> - <translation>开启</translation> + <translation>启用</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -7925,23 +7985,23 @@ To upgrade these files to their latest versions, click the button below.</source <message> <location filename="Plugins.cpp" line="+440"/> <source>Skipping plugin update in debug mode.</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>在调试模式跳过插件更新。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+168"/> <location line="+6"/> <source>Downloaded new or updated plugin to %1.</source> - <translation>下载新的或升级插件到 %1` 。</translation> + <translation>下载新版或升级插件到 %1。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>Failed to install new plugin to %1.</source> - <translation>安装插件到 %1 失败。</translation> + <translation>安装新插件到 %1 失败。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="-344"/> <source>%1 lost link.</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>%1 链接丢失。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+123"/> @@ -7960,7 +8020,7 @@ To upgrade these files to their latest versions, click the button below.</source <context> <name>PulseAudioSystem</name> <message> - <location filename="PulseAudio.cpp" line="+799"/> + <location filename="PulseAudio.cpp" line="+800"/> <source>Default Input</source> <translation>默认输入</translation> </message> @@ -7975,18 +8035,18 @@ To upgrade these files to their latest versions, click the button below.</source <message> <location filename="main.cpp" line="+127"/> <source>Failed to restart mumble</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>重新启动 Mumble 失败</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>Mumble failed to restart itself. Please restart it manually.</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>Mumble 重新启动自身失败。请手动重启。</translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>RichTextEditor</name> <message> - <location filename="RichTextEditor.cpp" line="+234"/> + <location filename="RichTextEditor.cpp" line="+236"/> <source>Failed to load image</source> <translation>读取图片失败</translation> </message> @@ -7998,22 +8058,22 @@ To upgrade these files to their latest versions, click the button below.</source <message> <location line="+81"/> <source>Message is too long.</source> - <translation>信息太长。</translation> + <translation>消息过长。</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="RichTextEditor.ui"/> <source>Display</source> - <translation>显示</translation> + <translation>可视化</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Source Text</source> - <translation>原文本</translation> + <translation>源代码</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>&Bold</source> - <translation>加粗(&B)</translation> + <translation>粗体(&B)</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -8076,7 +8136,7 @@ To upgrade these files to their latest versions, click the button below.</source <message> <location/> <source>URL</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>URL</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -8087,34 +8147,34 @@ To upgrade these files to their latest versions, click the button below.</source <context> <name>ServerHandler</name> <message> - <location filename="ServerHandler.cpp" line="+299"/> + <location filename="ServerHandler.cpp" line="+301"/> <source>Unable to resolve hostname</source> - <translation>无法解析的主机名</translation> + <translation>无法解析主机名</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+173"/> <source>Server is not responding to TCP pings</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>服务器未响应 TCP Ping</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+84"/> <source>UDP packets cannot be sent to or received from the server. Switching to TCP mode.</source> - <translation>UDP数据包无法发送至服务器或从服务器接收。切换为TCP模式。</translation> + <translation>UDP 数据包无法发送到服务器或从服务器接收。将切换为 TCP 模式。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>UDP packets cannot be sent to the server. Switching to TCP mode.</source> - <translation>UDP数据包无法发送至服务器。切换为TCP模式。</translation> + <translation>UDP 数据包无法发送到服务器。将切换为 TCP 模式。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>UDP packets cannot be received from the server. Switching to TCP mode.</source> - <translation>无法从服务器接收UDP数据包。切换至TCP模式。</translation> + <translation>无法从服务器接收 UDP 数据包。将切换为 TCP 模式。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+7"/> <source>UDP packets can be sent to and received from the server. Switching back to UDP mode.</source> - <translation>可以从服务器接收UDP包及发送UDP数据至服务器。切换回UDP模式。</translation> + <translation>UDP 数据包可以发送到服务器或从服务器接收。将切换回 UDP 模式。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+53"/> @@ -8132,7 +8192,7 @@ To upgrade these files to their latest versions, click the button below.</source <message> <location line="+6"/> <source>LAN</source> - <translation>本地局域网(LAN)</translation> + <translation>局域网</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+9"/> @@ -8142,7 +8202,7 @@ To upgrade these files to their latest versions, click the button below.</source <message> <location line="+7"/> <source>Unknown</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>未知</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> @@ -8157,12 +8217,12 @@ To upgrade these files to their latest versions, click the button below.</source <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>North America</source> - <translation>北美</translation> + <translation>北美洲</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>South America</source> - <translation>南美</translation> + <translation>南美洲</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> @@ -8172,7 +8232,7 @@ To upgrade these files to their latest versions, click the button below.</source <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>Oceania</source> - <translation>大洋州</translation> + <translation>大洋洲</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -8180,7 +8240,7 @@ To upgrade these files to their latest versions, click the button below.</source <message> <location filename="GlobalShortcut.cpp" line="-615"/> <source>Unassigned</source> - <translation>未赋值</translation> + <translation>未绑定</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -8188,7 +8248,7 @@ To upgrade these files to their latest versions, click the button below.</source <message> <location line="+363"/> <source>On</source> - <translation>打开</translation> + <translation>开启</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> @@ -8203,7 +8263,7 @@ To upgrade these files to their latest versions, click the button below.</source <message> <location line="+6"/> <source>Unassigned</source> - <translation>未赋值</translation> + <translation>未绑定</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -8219,7 +8279,7 @@ To upgrade these files to their latest versions, click the button below.</source <message> <location line="+193"/> <source>Root</source> - <translation>根</translation> + <translation>Root</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+5"/> @@ -8248,12 +8308,12 @@ To upgrade these files to their latest versions, click the button below.</source <message> <location line="+41"/> <source>, </source> - <translation>,</translation> + <translation>，</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+6"/> <source>Root</source> - <translation>根</translation> + <translation>Root</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> @@ -8298,7 +8358,7 @@ To upgrade these files to their latest versions, click the button below.</source <message> <location line="+4"/> <source>On</source> - <translation>打开</translation> + <translation>开启</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -8311,7 +8371,7 @@ To upgrade these files to their latest versions, click the button below.</source <message> <location filename="TextMessage.ui"/> <source>If checked the message is recursively sent to all subchannels</source> - <translation>选择以将信息发送到所有子频道</translation> + <translation>如果选中，则将消息递归发送到所有子频道</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -8322,19 +8382,19 @@ To upgrade these files to their latest versions, click the button below.</source <context> <name>Tokens</name> <message> - <location filename="Tokens.cpp" line="+42"/> + <location filename="Tokens.cpp" line="+44"/> <source>Empty Token</source> <translation>空令牌</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="Tokens.ui"/> <source>Mumble - Access Tokens</source> - <translation>Mumble — 访问令牌</translation> + <translation>Mumble - 访问令牌</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>List of access tokens on current server</source> - <translation>当前服务器上的有效令牌列表</translation> + <translation>当前服务器的令牌列表</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -8342,9 +8402,9 @@ To upgrade these files to their latest versions, click the button below.</source <br /> An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simple access management on channels. Mumble will remember the tokens you've used and resend them to the server next time you reconnect, so you don't have to enter these every time. </source> - <translation><b>这是一个可编辑的列表，里面是可以用于连接服务器的令牌。</b> + <translation><b>这是包含已连接服务器上访问令牌的可编辑列表。</b> <br /> -一个令牌是即使一串字母，像密码一样使用，使得管理频道登陆变得简单。Mumble可将将记忆你使用过得令牌，并在你下次连接的时候使用，所以并不需要重复输入。 +一个访问令牌就是一条文本字符串，像密码一样使用，用于简单地管理频道访问权限。Mumble 将会记住您使用过的令牌，并在您下次连接此服务器的时候发送，所以您不需要每次重新输入。 </translation> </message> <message> @@ -8390,37 +8450,37 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl <message> <location/> <source>Who are you looking for?</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>您在找谁？</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Days</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>天</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Weeks</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>周</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Months</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>月</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Years</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>年</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Inactive for</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>已离开</translation> </message> <message numerus="yes"> <location filename="UserEdit.cpp" line="-68"/> <source>Registered users: %n account(s)</source> - <translation><numerusform>已注册用户: 共%n个</numerusform></translation> + <translation><numerusform>已注册用户：%n 个帐户</numerusform></translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -8463,7 +8523,7 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl <message> <location/> <source>Details...</source> - <translation>详细...</translation> + <translation>详情...</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -8473,57 +8533,57 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl <message> <location/> <source>Pings received</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>接收</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Average ping</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>平均</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>TCP (Control)</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>TCP（控制信道）</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>UDP (Voice)</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>UDP（语音信道）</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>UDP Network statistics</source> - <translation>UDP Network 统计</translation> + <translation>UDP 网络统计</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Good</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>良好</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Late</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>延迟</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Lost</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>丢失</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>Resync</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>重新同步</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>From Client</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>客户端发送</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source>To Client</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>客户端接收</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -8531,57 +8591,57 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl <translation>连接时间</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="UserInformation.cpp" line="+83"/> + <location filename="UserInformation.cpp" line="+85"/> <source>%1w</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>%1 周</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>%1d</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>%1 天</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>%1h</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>%1 时</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>%1m</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>%1 分</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>%1s</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>%1 秒</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+33"/> <location line="+39"/> <source>, </source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>，</translation> </message> <message> <location line="-13"/> <location line="+1"/> <source>%1 (%2)</source> <oldsource>%1.%2.%3 (%4)</oldsource> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>%1（%2）</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+15"/> <source>Supported</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>支持</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+0"/> <source>Not Supported</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>不支持</translation> </message> <message> <location line="-123"/> <source>Not Reported</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>未报告</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+164"/> @@ -8596,7 +8656,7 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl <message> <location line="+5"/> <source>%1 kbit/s</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>%1 千比特/秒</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="UserInformation.ui"/> @@ -8613,7 +8673,7 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl <message> <location/> <source>Ping deviation</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>误差</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -8626,27 +8686,27 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>Inactive days</source> - <translation>不活跃天数</translation> + <translation>离开天数</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>Last channel</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>最后所在频道</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+29"/> <source>Last seen: %1</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>上次出现：%1</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>Never</source> - <translation>从不</translation> + <translation>从未</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>Channel ID: %1</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>频道 ID：%1</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -8659,22 +8719,22 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl <message> <location/> <source><b>Adjust the volume of other users locally</b><br />Mumble supports adjusting the volume of other users locally.</source> - <translation><b>调整其他用户的本地音量</b><br />Mumble支持调整其他用户的本地音量</translation> + <translation><b>调整其他用户的本地音量</b><br />Mumble 支持在本地调整其他用户的语音音量。</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="UserLocalVolumeDialog.cpp" line="+53"/> <source>Adjusting local volume for %1</source> - <translation>为 %1 调整本地音量</translation> + <translation>调整 %1 的本地音量</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="UserLocalVolumeDialog.ui"/> <source> dB</source> - <translation>分贝</translation> + <translation> 分贝</translation> </message> <message> <location/> <source><html><head/><body><p>Use the slider or the text box to change the volume of the user.</p><p><span style="font-weight:600;">Attention!</span></p><p>Increasing the volume of a user too much can permanently damage your hearing. It may also increase the background noise of the user.</p></body></html></source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation><html><head/><body><p>使用滑块或文本框改变此用户的音量。</p><p><span style="font-weight:600;">注意！</span></p><p>过度增大用户的音量可能会永久性地损害您的听力。同时也可能会增大此用户的背景噪声。</p></body></html></translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -8682,28 +8742,28 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl <message> <location filename="UserModel.cpp" line="-836"/> <source>This is a user connected to the server. The icon to the left of the user indicates whether or not they are talking:</source> - <translation>这是一个连接到服务器的用户。用户左边的图标表明他们是否正在说话：</translation> + <translation>这是一名已连接到服务器的用户。用户左侧的图标表明他们是否正在说话：</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>Talking to your channel.</source> - <translation>正在对你的频道说话。</translation> + <translation>正在对您的频道说话。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>Shouting directly to your channel.</source> <oldsource>Whispering directly to your channel.</oldsource> - <translation>直接对你的频道大喊。</translation> + <translation>正在直接对您的频道呼喊。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>Whispering directly to you.</source> - <translation>直接对你说悄悄话。</translation> + <translation>正在直接对您密语。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>Not talking.</source> - <translation>没有说话。</translation> + <translation>未在说话。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+8"/> @@ -8713,77 +8773,77 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>Your current channel.</source> - <translation>你当前所在的频道。</translation> + <translation>您当前所在的频道。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>A channel that is linked with your channel. Linked channels can talk to each other.</source> - <translation>一个链接到你的频道的频道。被链接的频道相互之间可以通话。</translation> + <translation>一个链接到您的频道的频道。被链接的频道之间可以互相说话。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>A channel on the server that you are not linked to.</source> - <translation>服务器上的一个你没有链接到的频道。</translation> + <translation>一个在服务器上的您未链接的频道。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+18"/> <source>This shows the flags the user has on the server, if any:</source> - <translation>显示在这个服务器上的用户的标识，如果有的话：</translation> + <translation>如果有的话，显示此用户在此服务器上的标识：</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>On your friend list</source> - <translation>在你的好友列表里</translation> + <translation>您的好友</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>Authenticated user</source> - <translation>认证的用户</translation> + <translation>已认证用户</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>Muted (manually muted by self)</source> - <translation>麦克风关闭(用户自己设置)</translation> + <translation>麦克风关闭（自己设置）</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>Muted (manually muted by admin)</source> - <translation>麦克风关闭(被管理员设置)</translation> + <translation>麦克风关闭（管理员设置）</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>Muted (not allowed to speak in current channel)</source> - <translation>麦克风关闭(不允许在当前频道说话)</translation> + <translation>麦克风关闭（当前频道不允许说话）</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>Muted (muted by you, only on your machine)</source> - <translation>麦克风关闭(被你关闭，仅对你的机器有效)</translation> + <translation>麦克风关闭（被您屏蔽，仅在您的设备上生效）</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>Muted (push-to-mute)</source> - <translation>关闭麦克风(按键静音)</translation> + <translation>麦克风关闭（按键静音）</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>Deafened (by self)</source> - <translation>扬声器关闭(被自己)</translation> + <translation>扬声器关闭（自己设置）</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>Deafened (by admin)</source> - <translation>扬声器关闭(被管理员)</translation> + <translation>扬声器关闭（管理员设置）</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>User has a new comment set (click to show)</source> - <translation>用户设置了一个新的说明(点击查看)</translation> + <translation>用户有新简介（点击显示）</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>User has a comment set, which you've already seen. (click to show)</source> - <translation>用户设置了一个说明，你已经看过了。(点击查看)</translation> + <translation>用户的简介已被您看过。（点击显示）</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> @@ -8793,22 +8853,22 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl <message> <location line="+8"/> <source>This shows the flags the channel has, if any:</source> - <translation>显示频道的标记，如果有的话：</translation> + <translation>如果有的话，显示此频道的标记：</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>Channel has a new comment set (click to show)</source> - <translation>频道被设置了一个新的说明(点击查看)</translation> + <translation>频道有新简介（点击显示）</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>Channel has a comment set, which you've already seen. (click to show)</source> - <translation>频道有说明，你已经看过了。(点击查看)</translation> + <translation>频道的简介已被您看过。（点击显示）</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>Channel will be hidden when filtering is enabled</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>启用频道筛选时，此频道会被隐藏</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+18"/> @@ -8823,41 +8883,41 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl <message> <location line="+726"/> <source>Are you sure you want to drag this user?</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>确定要移动此用户？</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+21"/> <source>Are you sure you want to drag this channel?</source> - <translation>你确定要移动这个频道？</translation> + <translation>确定要移动此频道？</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+94"/> <location line="+20"/> <source>Cannot perform this movement automatically, please reset the numeric sorting indicators or adjust it manually.</source> - <translation>无法自动移动到这个位置，请重新调整编号顺序。</translation> + <translation>无法自动完成移动操作，请重设或手动调整位置序号。</translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>VersionCheck</name> <message> - <location filename="VersionCheck.cpp" line="+118"/> + <location filename="VersionCheck.cpp" line="+120"/> <source>Upgrade Mumble</source> <translation>升级 Mumble</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>A new version of Mumble has been detected and automatically downloaded. It is recommended that you either upgrade to this version, or downgrade to the latest stable release. Do you want to launch the installer now?</source> - <translation>检测并自动下载新版本的Mumble。推荐你升级到这个版本或者降级至下一个发行版。是否现在运行安装程序？</translation> + <translation>已检测到并自动下载新版本 Mumble。推荐您升级到此新版本，或者降级至最新的稳定版。是否立即运行安装程序？</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+15"/> <source>Failed to launch snapshot installer.</source> - <translation>运行安装快照版本失败。</translation> + <translation>运行快照版本安装程序失败。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+5"/> <source>Corrupt download of new version detected. Automatically removed.</source> - <translation>下载新版本失败。自动删除。</translation> + <translation>检测到的新版本下载失败。已自动删除。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+23"/> @@ -8873,7 +8933,7 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl <message> <location line="+10"/> <source>Mumble failed to retrieve version information from the central server.</source> - <translation>从核心服务器获取 Mumble 版本信息失败。</translation> + <translation>从中心服务器获取 Mumble 版本信息失败。</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -8889,7 +8949,7 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl <translation>证书链</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="+9"/> + <location line="+19"/> <source>Certificate details</source> <translation>证书详情</translation> </message> @@ -8908,7 +8968,7 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl <message> <location line="-39"/> <source>Subunit</source> - <translation>子单元</translation> + <translation>子部门</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> @@ -8920,13 +8980,13 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl <location line="-39"/> <location line="+40"/> <source>Locality</source> - <translation>所在地</translation> + <translation>城市</translation> </message> <message> <location line="-39"/> <location line="+40"/> <source>State</source> - <translation>状态</translation> + <translation>省份</translation> </message> <message> <location line="-39"/> @@ -8946,87 +9006,87 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>Public Key: %1 bits %2</source> - <translation>公钥：%1 bits %2</translation> + <translation>公钥：%1 位 %2</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+0"/> <source>RSA</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>RSA</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+0"/> <source>DSA</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>DSA</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>Digest (SHA-1): %1</source> - <translation>摘要(SHA-1)：%1</translation> + <translation>摘要（SHA-1）：%1</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>Digest (SHA-256): %1</source> - <translation>摘要(SHA-256)：%1</translation> + <translation>摘要（SHA-256）：%1</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+14"/> <source>Email: %1</source> - <translation>电子邮件: %1</translation> + <translation>电子邮件：%1</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+4"/> <source>DNS: %1</source> - <translation>域名服务器: %1</translation> + <translation>DNS：%1</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+9"/> <source>Issued by:</source> - <translation>证书颁发者：</translation> + <translation>颁发者：</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+3"/> <source>Unit Name</source> - <translation>单元名</translation> + <translation>部门名称</translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>VoiceRecorder</name> <message> - <location filename="VoiceRecorder.cpp" line="+262"/> + <location filename="VoiceRecorder.cpp" line="+264"/> <source>Recorder failed to create directory '%1'</source> - <translation>录音机创建目录‘%1’失败</translation> + <translation>录音机创建目录“%1”失败</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+14"/> <source>Recorder failed to open file '%1'</source> - <translation>录音机打开文件 ‘%1’ 失败</translation> + <translation>录音机打开文件“%1”失败</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+166"/> <source>.wav - Uncompressed</source> - <translation>.wav —— 未压缩</translation> + <translation>.wav - 不压缩</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+3"/> <source>.ogg (Vorbis) - Compressed</source> - <translation>.ogg (Vorbis) —— 压缩</translation> + <translation>.ogg (Vorbis) - 压缩</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+3"/> <source>.au - Uncompressed</source> - <translation>.au —— 未压缩</translation> + <translation>.au - 不压缩</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> <source>.flac - Lossless compressed</source> - <translation>.flac —— 无损压缩</translation> + <translation>.flac - 无损压缩</translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>VoiceRecorderDialog</name> <message> <location filename="VoiceRecorderDialog.ui"/> - <location filename="VoiceRecorderDialog.cpp" line="+108"/> + <location filename="VoiceRecorderDialog.cpp" line="+110"/> <location line="+8"/> <location line="+10"/> <location line="+9"/> @@ -9053,7 +9113,7 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl <location/> <location filename="VoiceRecorderDialog.cpp" line="-21"/> <source>S&top</source> - <translation>停止(&t)</translation> + <translation>停止(&T)</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -9063,7 +9123,7 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl <message> <location/> <source>Multichannel</source> - <translation>多音轨</translation> + <translation>多轨</translation> </message> <message> <location/> @@ -9093,7 +9153,7 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl <message> <location filename="VoiceRecorderDialog.cpp" line="-210"/> <source>Valid variables are:</source> - <translation>无效的变量：</translation> + <translation>有效的变量：</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> @@ -9118,29 +9178,29 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl <message> <location line="+26"/> <source>Recorder still running</source> - <translation>录音机正在运行</translation> + <translation>录音机仍在运行</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+1"/> <source>Closing the recorder without stopping it will discard unwritten audio. Do you really want to close the recorder?</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>不停止录音而直接关闭录音机会导致丢弃未保存的音频。确定要关闭录音机吗？</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+33"/> <source>Unable to start recording. Not connected to a server.</source> - <translation>无法开始录音。没有连接到一个服务器。</translation> + <translation>无法开始录音。尚未连接到服务器。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+8"/> <source>The server you are currently connected to is version 1.2.2 or older. For privacy reasons, recording on servers of versions older than 1.2.3 is not possible. Please contact your server administrator for further information.</source> - <translation>当前连接的服务器版本为1.2.2或更低版本。由于这个原因，在低于1.2.3版本的服务器上无法录音。 -请联系你的服务器管理员以获得更多信息。</translation> + <translation>当前连接的服务器为 1.2.2 或更早版本。由于隐私原因，不支持在低于版本 1.2.3 的服务器上录音。 +请联系此服务器的管理员获取更多信息。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+10"/> <source>There is already a recorder active for this server.</source> - <translation>在这个服务器上已经有一个录音机被激活。</translation> + <translation>此服务器上已经有一个录音机被激活。</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+9"/> @@ -9150,12 +9210,12 @@ Please contact your server administrator for further information.</source> <message> <location line="+73"/> <source>Stopping</source> - <translation>停止</translation> + <translation>正在停止</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+26"/> <source>Select target directory</source> - <translation>选择目标文件夹。</translation> + <translation>选择目标文件夹</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="VoiceRecorderDialog.ui"/> @@ -9166,9 +9226,9 @@ Please contact your server administrator for further information.</source> <context> <name>WASAPIInput</name> <message> - <location filename="WASAPI.cpp" line="+461"/> + <location filename="WASAPI.cpp" line="+463"/> <source>Access to the microphone was denied. Please check that your operating system's microphone settings allow Mumble to use the microphone.</source> - <translation type="unfinished"/> + <translation>访问麦克风的权限被拒绝。请您检查操作系统的麦克风设置，允许 Mumble 使用麦克风。</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -9184,7 +9244,7 @@ Please contact your server administrator for further information.</source> <message> <location filename="PTTButtonWidget.ui"/> <source>Mumble PTT</source> - <translation>Mubmlbe PFT</translation> + <translation>Mumble 按键发言</translation> </message> <message> <location/> |